Annotation of gcc/reload.c, revision 1.1.1.7

1.1       root        1: /* Search an insn for pseudo regs that must be in hard regs and are not.
1.1.1.7 ! root        2:    Copyright (C) 1987, 88, 89, 92, 93, 1994 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
1.1       root        3: 
                      4: This file is part of GNU CC.
                      5: 
                      6: GNU CC is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
                      7: it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
                      8: the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
                      9: any later version.
                     10: 
                     11: GNU CC is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
                     12: but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
                     13: MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
                     14: GNU General Public License for more details.
                     15: 
                     16: You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
                     17: along with GNU CC; see the file COPYING.  If not, write to
                     18: the Free Software Foundation, 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.  */
                     19: 
                     20: 
                     21: /* This file contains subroutines used only from the file reload1.c.
                     22:    It knows how to scan one insn for operands and values
                     23:    that need to be copied into registers to make valid code.
                     24:    It also finds other operands and values which are valid
                     25:    but for which equivalent values in registers exist and
                     26:    ought to be used instead.
                     27: 
                     28:    Before processing the first insn of the function, call `init_reload'.
                     29: 
                     30:    To scan an insn, call `find_reloads'.  This does two things:
                     31:    1. sets up tables describing which values must be reloaded
                     32:    for this insn, and what kind of hard regs they must be reloaded into;
                     33:    2. optionally record the locations where those values appear in
                     34:    the data, so they can be replaced properly later.
                     35:    This is done only if the second arg to `find_reloads' is nonzero.
                     36: 
                     37:    The third arg to `find_reloads' specifies the number of levels
                     38:    of indirect addressing supported by the machine.  If it is zero,
                     39:    indirect addressing is not valid.  If it is one, (MEM (REG n))
                     40:    is valid even if (REG n) did not get a hard register; if it is two,
                     41:    (MEM (MEM (REG n))) is also valid even if (REG n) did not get a
                     42:    hard register, and similarly for higher values.
                     43: 
                     44:    Then you must choose the hard regs to reload those pseudo regs into,
                     45:    and generate appropriate load insns before this insn and perhaps
                     46:    also store insns after this insn.  Set up the array `reload_reg_rtx'
                     47:    to contain the REG rtx's for the registers you used.  In some
                     48:    cases `find_reloads' will return a nonzero value in `reload_reg_rtx'
                     49:    for certain reloads.  Then that tells you which register to use,
                     50:    so you do not need to allocate one.  But you still do need to add extra
                     51:    instructions to copy the value into and out of that register.
                     52: 
                     53:    Finally you must call `subst_reloads' to substitute the reload reg rtx's
                     54:    into the locations already recorded.
                     55: 
                     56: NOTE SIDE EFFECTS:
                     57: 
                     58:    find_reloads can alter the operands of the instruction it is called on.
                     59: 
                     60:    1. Two operands of any sort may be interchanged, if they are in a
                     61:    commutative instruction.
                     62:    This happens only if find_reloads thinks the instruction will compile
                     63:    better that way.
                     64: 
                     65:    2. Pseudo-registers that are equivalent to constants are replaced
                     66:    with those constants if they are not in hard registers.
                     67: 
                     68: 1 happens every time find_reloads is called.
                     69: 2 happens only when REPLACE is 1, which is only when
                     70: actually doing the reloads, not when just counting them.
                     71: 
                     72: 
                     73: Using a reload register for several reloads in one insn:
                     74: 
                     75: When an insn has reloads, it is considered as having three parts:
                     76: the input reloads, the insn itself after reloading, and the output reloads.
                     77: Reloads of values used in memory addresses are often needed for only one part.
                     78: 
                     79: When this is so, reload_when_needed records which part needs the reload.
                     80: Two reloads for different parts of the insn can share the same reload
                     81: register.
                     82: 
                     83: When a reload is used for addresses in multiple parts, or when it is
                     84: an ordinary operand, it is classified as RELOAD_OTHER, and cannot share
                     85: a register with any other reload.  */
                     86: 
                     87: #define REG_OK_STRICT
                     88: 
1.1.1.7 ! root       89: #include <stdio.h>
1.1       root       90: #include "config.h"
                     91: #include "rtl.h"
                     92: #include "insn-config.h"
                     93: #include "insn-codes.h"
                     94: #include "recog.h"
                     95: #include "reload.h"
                     96: #include "regs.h"
                     97: #include "hard-reg-set.h"
                     98: #include "flags.h"
                     99: #include "real.h"
                    100: 
                    101: #ifndef REGISTER_MOVE_COST
                    102: #define REGISTER_MOVE_COST(x, y) 2
                    103: #endif
                    104: 
                    105: /* The variables set up by `find_reloads' are:
                    106: 
                    107:    n_reloads             number of distinct reloads needed; max reload # + 1
                    108:        tables indexed by reload number
                    109:    reload_in             rtx for value to reload from
                    110:    reload_out            rtx for where to store reload-reg afterward if nec
                    111:                           (often the same as reload_in)
                    112:    reload_reg_class      enum reg_class, saying what regs to reload into
                    113:    reload_inmode         enum machine_mode; mode this operand should have
                    114:                           when reloaded, on input.
                    115:    reload_outmode        enum machine_mode; mode this operand should have
                    116:                           when reloaded, on output.
                    117:    reload_optional       char, nonzero for an optional reload.
                    118:                           Optional reloads are ignored unless the
                    119:                           value is already sitting in a register.
                    120:    reload_inc            int, positive amount to increment or decrement by if
                    121:                           reload_in is a PRE_DEC, PRE_INC, POST_DEC, POST_INC.
                    122:                           Ignored otherwise (don't assume it is zero).
                    123:    reload_in_reg         rtx.  A reg for which reload_in is the equivalent.
                    124:                           If reload_in is a symbol_ref which came from
                    125:                           reg_equiv_constant, then this is the pseudo
                    126:                           which has that symbol_ref as equivalent.
                    127:    reload_reg_rtx        rtx.  This is the register to reload into.
                    128:                           If it is zero when `find_reloads' returns,
                    129:                           you must find a suitable register in the class
                    130:                           specified by reload_reg_class, and store here
                    131:                           an rtx for that register with mode from
                    132:                           reload_inmode or reload_outmode.
                    133:    reload_nocombine      char, nonzero if this reload shouldn't be
                    134:                           combined with another reload.
1.1.1.5   root      135:    reload_opnum                  int, operand number being reloaded.  This is
                    136:                           used to group related reloads and need not always
                    137:                           be equal to the actual operand number in the insn,
                    138:                           though it current will be; for in-out operands, it
                    139:                           is one of the two operand numbers.
                    140:    reload_when_needed    enum, classifies reload as needed either for
1.1       root      141:                           addressing an input reload, addressing an output,
                    142:                           for addressing a non-reloaded mem ref,
                    143:                           or for unspecified purposes (i.e., more than one
                    144:                           of the above).
                    145:    reload_secondary_p    int, 1 if this is a secondary register for one
1.1.1.7 ! root      146:                           or more reloads.
        !           147:    reload_secondary_in_reload
        !           148:    reload_secondary_out_reload
        !           149:                          int, gives the reload number of a secondary
        !           150:                           reload, when needed; otherwise -1
        !           151:    reload_secondary_in_icode
        !           152:    reload_secondary_out_icode
        !           153:                          enum insn_code, if a secondary reload is required,
1.1       root      154:                           gives the INSN_CODE that uses the secondary
                    155:                           reload as a scratch register, or CODE_FOR_nothing
                    156:                           if the secondary reload register is to be an
                    157:                           intermediate register.  */
                    158: int n_reloads;
                    159: 
                    160: rtx reload_in[MAX_RELOADS];
                    161: rtx reload_out[MAX_RELOADS];
                    162: enum reg_class reload_reg_class[MAX_RELOADS];
                    163: enum machine_mode reload_inmode[MAX_RELOADS];
                    164: enum machine_mode reload_outmode[MAX_RELOADS];
                    165: rtx reload_reg_rtx[MAX_RELOADS];
                    166: char reload_optional[MAX_RELOADS];
                    167: int reload_inc[MAX_RELOADS];
                    168: rtx reload_in_reg[MAX_RELOADS];
                    169: char reload_nocombine[MAX_RELOADS];
1.1.1.5   root      170: int reload_opnum[MAX_RELOADS];
                    171: enum reload_type reload_when_needed[MAX_RELOADS];
1.1       root      172: int reload_secondary_p[MAX_RELOADS];
1.1.1.7 ! root      173: int reload_secondary_in_reload[MAX_RELOADS];
        !           174: int reload_secondary_out_reload[MAX_RELOADS];
        !           175: enum insn_code reload_secondary_in_icode[MAX_RELOADS];
        !           176: enum insn_code reload_secondary_out_icode[MAX_RELOADS];
1.1       root      177: 
                    178: /* All the "earlyclobber" operands of the current insn
                    179:    are recorded here.  */
                    180: int n_earlyclobbers;
                    181: rtx reload_earlyclobbers[MAX_RECOG_OPERANDS];
                    182: 
1.1.1.5   root      183: int reload_n_operands;
                    184: 
1.1       root      185: /* Replacing reloads.
                    186: 
                    187:    If `replace_reloads' is nonzero, then as each reload is recorded
                    188:    an entry is made for it in the table `replacements'.
                    189:    Then later `subst_reloads' can look through that table and
                    190:    perform all the replacements needed.  */
                    191: 
                    192: /* Nonzero means record the places to replace.  */
                    193: static int replace_reloads;
                    194: 
                    195: /* Each replacement is recorded with a structure like this.  */
                    196: struct replacement
                    197: {
                    198:   rtx *where;                  /* Location to store in */
                    199:   rtx *subreg_loc;             /* Location of SUBREG if WHERE is inside
                    200:                                   a SUBREG; 0 otherwise.  */
                    201:   int what;                    /* which reload this is for */
                    202:   enum machine_mode mode;      /* mode it must have */
                    203: };
                    204: 
                    205: static struct replacement replacements[MAX_RECOG_OPERANDS * ((MAX_REGS_PER_ADDRESS * 2) + 1)];
                    206: 
                    207: /* Number of replacements currently recorded.  */
                    208: static int n_replacements;
                    209: 
1.1.1.5   root      210: /* Used to track what is modified by an operand.  */
                    211: struct decomposition
                    212: {
                    213:   int reg_flag;                /* Nonzero if referencing a register. */
                    214:   int safe;            /* Nonzero if this can't conflict with anything. */
                    215:   rtx base;            /* Base adddress for MEM. */
                    216:   HOST_WIDE_INT start; /* Starting offset or register number. */
                    217:   HOST_WIDE_INT end;   /* Endinf offset or register number.  */
                    218: };
                    219: 
1.1       root      220: /* MEM-rtx's created for pseudo-regs in stack slots not directly addressable;
                    221:    (see reg_equiv_address).  */
                    222: static rtx memlocs[MAX_RECOG_OPERANDS * ((MAX_REGS_PER_ADDRESS * 2) + 1)];
                    223: static int n_memlocs;
                    224: 
1.1.1.4   root      225: #ifdef SECONDARY_MEMORY_NEEDED
                    226: 
                    227: /* Save MEMs needed to copy from one class of registers to another.  One MEM
                    228:    is used per mode, but normally only one or two modes are ever used.  
                    229: 
1.1.1.5   root      230:    We keep two versions, before and after register elimination.  The one 
                    231:    after register elimination is record separately for each operand.  This
                    232:    is done in case the address is not valid to be sure that we separately
                    233:    reload each.  */
1.1.1.4   root      234: 
                    235: static rtx secondary_memlocs[NUM_MACHINE_MODES];
1.1.1.5   root      236: static rtx secondary_memlocs_elim[NUM_MACHINE_MODES][MAX_RECOG_OPERANDS];
1.1.1.4   root      237: #endif
                    238: 
1.1       root      239: /* The instruction we are doing reloads for;
                    240:    so we can test whether a register dies in it.  */
                    241: static rtx this_insn;
                    242: 
                    243: /* Nonzero if this instruction is a user-specified asm with operands.  */
                    244: static int this_insn_is_asm;
                    245: 
                    246: /* If hard_regs_live_known is nonzero,
                    247:    we can tell which hard regs are currently live,
                    248:    at least enough to succeed in choosing dummy reloads.  */
                    249: static int hard_regs_live_known;
                    250: 
                    251: /* Indexed by hard reg number,
                    252:    element is nonegative if hard reg has been spilled.
                    253:    This vector is passed to `find_reloads' as an argument
                    254:    and is not changed here.  */
                    255: static short *static_reload_reg_p;
                    256: 
                    257: /* Set to 1 in subst_reg_equivs if it changes anything.  */
                    258: static int subst_reg_equivs_changed;
                    259: 
                    260: /* On return from push_reload, holds the reload-number for the OUT
                    261:    operand, which can be different for that from the input operand.  */
                    262: static int output_reloadnum;
                    263: 
1.1.1.7 ! root      264:   /* Compare two RTX's.  */
        !           265: #define MATCHES(x, y) \
        !           266:  (x == y || (x != 0 && (GET_CODE (x) == REG                            \
        !           267:                        ? GET_CODE (y) == REG && REGNO (x) == REGNO (y) \
        !           268:                        : rtx_equal_p (x, y) && ! side_effects_p (x))))
        !           269: 
        !           270:   /* Indicates if two reloads purposes are for similar enough things that we
        !           271:      can merge their reloads.  */
        !           272: #define MERGABLE_RELOADS(when1, when2, op1, op2) \
        !           273:   ((when1) == RELOAD_OTHER || (when2) == RELOAD_OTHER  \
        !           274:    || ((when1) == (when2) && (op1) == (op2))           \
        !           275:    || ((when1) == RELOAD_FOR_INPUT && (when2) == RELOAD_FOR_INPUT) \
        !           276:    || ((when1) == RELOAD_FOR_OPERAND_ADDRESS           \
        !           277:        && (when2) == RELOAD_FOR_OPERAND_ADDRESS)       \
        !           278:    || ((when1) == RELOAD_FOR_OTHER_ADDRESS             \
        !           279:        && (when2) == RELOAD_FOR_OTHER_ADDRESS))
        !           280: 
        !           281:   /* Nonzero if these two reload purposes produce RELOAD_OTHER when merged.  */
        !           282: #define MERGE_TO_OTHER(when1, when2, op1, op2) \
        !           283:   ((when1) != (when2)                                  \
        !           284:    || ! ((op1) == (op2)                                        \
        !           285:         || (when1) == RELOAD_FOR_INPUT                 \
        !           286:         || (when1) == RELOAD_FOR_OPERAND_ADDRESS       \
        !           287:         || (when1) == RELOAD_FOR_OTHER_ADDRESS))
        !           288: 
        !           289: static int push_secondary_reload PROTO((int, rtx, int, int, enum reg_class,
        !           290:                                        enum machine_mode, enum reload_type,
        !           291:                                        enum insn_code *));
1.1.1.5   root      292: static int push_reload         PROTO((rtx, rtx, rtx *, rtx *, enum reg_class,
                    293:                                       enum machine_mode, enum machine_mode,
                    294:                                       int, int, int, enum reload_type));
                    295: static void push_replacement   PROTO((rtx *, int, enum machine_mode));
                    296: static void combine_reloads    PROTO((void));
                    297: static rtx find_dummy_reload   PROTO((rtx, rtx, rtx *, rtx *,
1.1.1.6   root      298:                                       enum machine_mode, enum machine_mode,
1.1.1.5   root      299:                                       enum reg_class, int));
1.1.1.6   root      300: static int earlyclobber_operand_p PROTO((rtx));
1.1.1.5   root      301: static int hard_reg_set_here_p PROTO((int, int, rtx));
                    302: static struct decomposition decompose PROTO((rtx));
                    303: static int immune_p            PROTO((rtx, rtx, struct decomposition));
                    304: static int alternative_allows_memconst PROTO((char *, int));
                    305: static rtx find_reloads_toplev PROTO((rtx, int, enum reload_type, int, int));
                    306: static rtx make_memloc         PROTO((rtx, int));
                    307: static int find_reloads_address        PROTO((enum machine_mode, rtx *, rtx, rtx *,
                    308:                                       int, enum reload_type, int));
                    309: static rtx subst_reg_equivs    PROTO((rtx));
                    310: static rtx subst_indexed_address PROTO((rtx));
                    311: static int find_reloads_address_1 PROTO((rtx, int, rtx *, int,
                    312:                                         enum reload_type,int));
                    313: static void find_reloads_address_part PROTO((rtx, rtx *, enum reg_class,
                    314:                                             enum machine_mode, int,
                    315:                                             enum reload_type, int));
                    316: static int find_inc_amount     PROTO((rtx, rtx));
1.1       root      317: 
                    318: #ifdef HAVE_SECONDARY_RELOADS
                    319: 
                    320: /* Determine if any secondary reloads are needed for loading (if IN_P is
                    321:    non-zero) or storing (if IN_P is zero) X to or from a reload register of
1.1.1.7 ! root      322:    register class RELOAD_CLASS in mode RELOAD_MODE.  If secondary reloads
        !           323:    are needed, push them.
        !           324: 
        !           325:    Return the reload number of the secondary reload we made, or -1 if
        !           326:    we didn't need one.  *PICODE is set to the insn_code to use if we do
        !           327:    need a secondary reload.  */
1.1       root      328: 
1.1.1.7 ! root      329: static int
        !           330: push_secondary_reload (in_p, x, opnum, optional, reload_class, reload_mode,
        !           331:                       type, picode)
        !           332:      int in_p;
1.1       root      333:      rtx x;
1.1.1.7 ! root      334:      int opnum;
        !           335:      int optional;
1.1       root      336:      enum reg_class reload_class;
                    337:      enum machine_mode reload_mode;
1.1.1.7 ! root      338:      enum reload_type type;
1.1       root      339:      enum insn_code *picode;
                    340: {
                    341:   enum reg_class class = NO_REGS;
                    342:   enum machine_mode mode = reload_mode;
                    343:   enum insn_code icode = CODE_FOR_nothing;
                    344:   enum reg_class t_class = NO_REGS;
                    345:   enum machine_mode t_mode = VOIDmode;
                    346:   enum insn_code t_icode = CODE_FOR_nothing;
1.1.1.7 ! root      347:   enum reload_type secondary_type;
        !           348:   int i;
        !           349:   int s_reload, t_reload = -1;
        !           350: 
        !           351:   if (type == RELOAD_FOR_INPUT_ADDRESS || type == RELOAD_FOR_OUTPUT_ADDRESS)
        !           352:     secondary_type = type;
        !           353:   else
        !           354:     secondary_type = in_p ? RELOAD_FOR_INPUT_ADDRESS : RELOAD_FOR_OUTPUT_ADDRESS;
        !           355: 
        !           356:   *picode = CODE_FOR_nothing;
1.1       root      357: 
1.1.1.2   root      358:   /* If X is a pseudo-register that has an equivalent MEM (actually, if it
                    359:      is still a pseudo-register by now, it *must* have an equivalent MEM
                    360:      but we don't want to assume that), use that equivalent when seeing if
                    361:      a secondary reload is needed since whether or not a reload is needed
                    362:      might be sensitive to the form of the MEM.  */
                    363: 
                    364:   if (GET_CODE (x) == REG && REGNO (x) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
                    365:       && reg_equiv_mem[REGNO (x)] != 0)
                    366:     x = reg_equiv_mem[REGNO (x)];
                    367: 
1.1       root      368: #ifdef SECONDARY_INPUT_RELOAD_CLASS
                    369:   if (in_p)
                    370:     class = SECONDARY_INPUT_RELOAD_CLASS (reload_class, reload_mode, x);
                    371: #endif
                    372: 
                    373: #ifdef SECONDARY_OUTPUT_RELOAD_CLASS
                    374:   if (! in_p)
                    375:     class = SECONDARY_OUTPUT_RELOAD_CLASS (reload_class, reload_mode, x);
                    376: #endif
                    377: 
1.1.1.7 ! root      378:   /* If we don't need any secondary registers, done.  */
1.1       root      379:   if (class == NO_REGS)
1.1.1.7 ! root      380:     return -1;
1.1       root      381: 
                    382:   /* Get a possible insn to use.  If the predicate doesn't accept X, don't
                    383:      use the insn.  */
                    384: 
                    385:   icode = (in_p ? reload_in_optab[(int) reload_mode]
                    386:           : reload_out_optab[(int) reload_mode]);
                    387: 
                    388:   if (icode != CODE_FOR_nothing
                    389:       && insn_operand_predicate[(int) icode][in_p]
                    390:       && (! (insn_operand_predicate[(int) icode][in_p]) (x, reload_mode)))
                    391:     icode = CODE_FOR_nothing;
                    392: 
                    393:   /* If we will be using an insn, see if it can directly handle the reload
                    394:      register we will be using.  If it can, the secondary reload is for a
                    395:      scratch register.  If it can't, we will use the secondary reload for
                    396:      an intermediate register and require a tertiary reload for the scratch
                    397:      register.  */
                    398: 
                    399:   if (icode != CODE_FOR_nothing)
                    400:     {
                    401:       /* If IN_P is non-zero, the reload register will be the output in 
                    402:         operand 0.  If IN_P is zero, the reload register will be the input
                    403:         in operand 1.  Outputs should have an initial "=", which we must
                    404:         skip.  */
                    405: 
1.1.1.2   root      406:       char insn_letter = insn_operand_constraint[(int) icode][!in_p][in_p];
1.1       root      407:       enum reg_class insn_class
1.1.1.2   root      408:        = (insn_letter == 'r' ? GENERAL_REGS
                    409:           : REG_CLASS_FROM_LETTER (insn_letter));
1.1       root      410: 
                    411:       if (insn_class == NO_REGS
                    412:          || (in_p && insn_operand_constraint[(int) icode][!in_p][0] != '=')
                    413:          /* The scratch register's constraint must start with "=&".  */
                    414:          || insn_operand_constraint[(int) icode][2][0] != '='
                    415:          || insn_operand_constraint[(int) icode][2][1] != '&')
                    416:        abort ();
                    417: 
                    418:       if (reg_class_subset_p (reload_class, insn_class))
                    419:        mode = insn_operand_mode[(int) icode][2];
                    420:       else
                    421:        {
1.1.1.2   root      422:          char t_letter = insn_operand_constraint[(int) icode][2][2];
1.1       root      423:          class = insn_class;
                    424:          t_mode = insn_operand_mode[(int) icode][2];
1.1.1.2   root      425:          t_class = (t_letter == 'r' ? GENERAL_REGS
                    426:                     : REG_CLASS_FROM_LETTER (t_letter));
1.1       root      427:          t_icode = icode;
                    428:          icode = CODE_FOR_nothing;
                    429:        }
                    430:     }
                    431: 
1.1.1.7 ! root      432:   /* This case isn't valid, so fail.  Reload is allowed to use the same
        !           433:      register for RELOAD_FOR_INPUT_ADDRESS and RELOAD_FOR_INPUT reloads, but
        !           434:      in the case of a secondary register, we actually need two different
        !           435:      registers for correct code.  We fail here to prevent the possibility of
        !           436:      silently generating incorrect code later.
        !           437: 
        !           438:      The convention is that secondary input reloads are valid only if the
        !           439:      secondary_class is different from class.  If you have such a case, you
        !           440:      can not use secondary reloads, you must work around the problem some
        !           441:      other way.
        !           442: 
        !           443:      Allow this when MODE is not reload_mode and assume that the generated
        !           444:      code handles this case (it does on the Alpha, which is the only place
        !           445:      this currently happens).  */
        !           446: 
        !           447:   if (in_p && class == reload_class && mode == reload_mode)
        !           448:     abort ();
1.1       root      449: 
1.1.1.7 ! root      450:   /* If we need a tertiary reload, see if we have one we can reuse or else
        !           451:      make a new one.  */
        !           452: 
        !           453:   if (t_class != NO_REGS)
        !           454:     {
        !           455:       for (t_reload = 0; t_reload < n_reloads; t_reload++)
        !           456:        if (reload_secondary_p[t_reload]
        !           457:            && (reg_class_subset_p (t_class, reload_reg_class[t_reload])
        !           458:                || reg_class_subset_p (reload_reg_class[t_reload], t_class))
        !           459:            && ((in_p && reload_inmode[t_reload] == t_mode)
        !           460:                || (! in_p && reload_outmode[t_reload] == t_mode))
        !           461:            && ((in_p && (reload_secondary_in_icode[t_reload]
        !           462:                          == CODE_FOR_nothing))
        !           463:                || (! in_p &&(reload_secondary_out_icode[t_reload]
        !           464:                              == CODE_FOR_nothing)))
        !           465:            && (reg_class_size[(int) t_class] == 1
        !           466: #ifdef SMALL_REGISTER_CLASSES
        !           467:                || 1
        !           468: #endif
        !           469:                )
        !           470:            && MERGABLE_RELOADS (secondary_type,
        !           471:                                 reload_when_needed[t_reload],
        !           472:                                 opnum, reload_opnum[t_reload]))
        !           473:          {
        !           474:            if (in_p)
        !           475:              reload_inmode[t_reload] = t_mode;
        !           476:            if (! in_p)
        !           477:              reload_outmode[t_reload] = t_mode;
        !           478: 
        !           479:            if (reg_class_subset_p (t_class, reload_reg_class[t_reload]))
        !           480:              reload_reg_class[t_reload] = t_class;
        !           481: 
        !           482:            reload_opnum[t_reload] = MIN (reload_opnum[t_reload], opnum);
        !           483:            reload_optional[t_reload] &= optional;
        !           484:            reload_secondary_p[t_reload] = 1;
        !           485:            if (MERGE_TO_OTHER (secondary_type, reload_when_needed[t_reload],
        !           486:                                opnum, reload_opnum[t_reload]))
        !           487:              reload_when_needed[t_reload] = RELOAD_OTHER;
        !           488:          }
        !           489: 
        !           490:       if (t_reload == n_reloads)
        !           491:        {
        !           492:          /* We need to make a new tertiary reload for this register class.  */
        !           493:          reload_in[t_reload] = reload_out[t_reload] = 0;
        !           494:          reload_reg_class[t_reload] = t_class;
        !           495:          reload_inmode[t_reload] = in_p ? t_mode : VOIDmode;
        !           496:          reload_outmode[t_reload] = ! in_p ? t_mode : VOIDmode;
        !           497:          reload_reg_rtx[t_reload] = 0;
        !           498:          reload_optional[t_reload] = optional;
        !           499:          reload_inc[t_reload] = 0;
        !           500:          /* Maybe we could combine these, but it seems too tricky.  */
        !           501:          reload_nocombine[t_reload] = 1;
        !           502:          reload_in_reg[t_reload] = 0;
        !           503:          reload_opnum[t_reload] = opnum;
        !           504:          reload_when_needed[t_reload] = secondary_type;
        !           505:          reload_secondary_in_reload[t_reload] = -1;
        !           506:          reload_secondary_out_reload[t_reload] = -1;
        !           507:          reload_secondary_in_icode[t_reload] = CODE_FOR_nothing;
        !           508:          reload_secondary_out_icode[t_reload] = CODE_FOR_nothing;
        !           509:          reload_secondary_p[t_reload] = 1;
        !           510: 
        !           511:          n_reloads++;
        !           512:        }
        !           513:     }
        !           514: 
        !           515:   /* See if we can reuse an existing secondary reload.  */
        !           516:   for (s_reload = 0; s_reload < n_reloads; s_reload++)
        !           517:     if (reload_secondary_p[s_reload]
        !           518:        && (reg_class_subset_p (class, reload_reg_class[s_reload])
        !           519:            || reg_class_subset_p (reload_reg_class[s_reload], class))
        !           520:        && ((in_p && reload_inmode[s_reload] == mode)
        !           521:            || (! in_p && reload_outmode[s_reload] == mode))
        !           522:        && ((in_p && reload_secondary_in_reload[s_reload] == t_reload)
        !           523:            || (! in_p && reload_secondary_out_reload[s_reload] == t_reload))
        !           524:        && ((in_p && reload_secondary_in_icode[s_reload] == t_icode)
        !           525:            || (! in_p && reload_secondary_out_icode[s_reload] == t_icode))
        !           526:        && (reg_class_size[(int) class] == 1
        !           527: #ifdef SMALL_REGISTER_CLASSES
        !           528:            || 1
        !           529: #endif
        !           530:            )
        !           531:        && MERGABLE_RELOADS (secondary_type, reload_when_needed[s_reload],
        !           532:                             opnum, reload_opnum[s_reload]))
        !           533:       {
        !           534:        if (in_p)
        !           535:          reload_inmode[s_reload] = mode;
        !           536:        if (! in_p)
        !           537:          reload_outmode[s_reload] = mode;
        !           538: 
        !           539:        if (reg_class_subset_p (class, reload_reg_class[s_reload]))
        !           540:          reload_reg_class[s_reload] = class;
        !           541: 
        !           542:        reload_opnum[s_reload] = MIN (reload_opnum[s_reload], opnum);
        !           543:        reload_optional[s_reload] &= optional;
        !           544:        reload_secondary_p[s_reload] = 1;
        !           545:        if (MERGE_TO_OTHER (secondary_type, reload_when_needed[s_reload],
        !           546:                            opnum, reload_opnum[s_reload]))
        !           547:          reload_when_needed[s_reload] = RELOAD_OTHER;
        !           548:       }
        !           549: 
        !           550:   if (s_reload == n_reloads)
        !           551:     {
        !           552:       /* We need to make a new secondary reload for this register class.  */
        !           553:       reload_in[s_reload] = reload_out[s_reload] = 0;
        !           554:       reload_reg_class[s_reload] = class;
        !           555: 
        !           556:       reload_inmode[s_reload] = in_p ? mode : VOIDmode;
        !           557:       reload_outmode[s_reload] = ! in_p ? mode : VOIDmode;
        !           558:       reload_reg_rtx[s_reload] = 0;
        !           559:       reload_optional[s_reload] = optional;
        !           560:       reload_inc[s_reload] = 0;
        !           561:       /* Maybe we could combine these, but it seems too tricky.  */
        !           562:       reload_nocombine[s_reload] = 1;
        !           563:       reload_in_reg[s_reload] = 0;
        !           564:       reload_opnum[s_reload] = opnum;
        !           565:       reload_when_needed[s_reload] = secondary_type;
        !           566:       reload_secondary_in_reload[s_reload] = in_p ? t_reload : -1;
        !           567:       reload_secondary_out_reload[s_reload] = ! in_p ? t_reload : -1;
        !           568:       reload_secondary_in_icode[s_reload] = in_p ? t_icode : CODE_FOR_nothing; 
        !           569:       reload_secondary_out_icode[s_reload]
        !           570:        = ! in_p ? t_icode : CODE_FOR_nothing;
        !           571:       reload_secondary_p[s_reload] = 1;
        !           572: 
        !           573:       n_reloads++;
        !           574: 
        !           575: #ifdef SECONDARY_MEMORY_NEEDED
        !           576:       /* If we need a memory location to copy between the two reload regs,
        !           577:         set it up now.  */
        !           578: 
        !           579:       if (in_p && icode == CODE_FOR_nothing
        !           580:          && SECONDARY_MEMORY_NEEDED (class, reload_class, reload_mode))
        !           581:        get_secondary_mem (x, reload_mode, opnum, type);
        !           582: 
        !           583:       if (! in_p && icode == CODE_FOR_nothing
        !           584:          && SECONDARY_MEMORY_NEEDED (reload_class, class, reload_mode))
        !           585:        get_secondary_mem (x, reload_mode, opnum, type);
        !           586: #endif
        !           587:     }
        !           588: 
        !           589:   *picode = icode;
        !           590:   return s_reload;
1.1       root      591: }
                    592: #endif /* HAVE_SECONDARY_RELOADS */
                    593: 
1.1.1.4   root      594: #ifdef SECONDARY_MEMORY_NEEDED
                    595: 
                    596: /* Return a memory location that will be used to copy X in mode MODE.  
                    597:    If we haven't already made a location for this mode in this insn,
                    598:    call find_reloads_address on the location being returned.  */
                    599: 
                    600: rtx
1.1.1.5   root      601: get_secondary_mem (x, mode, opnum, type)
1.1.1.4   root      602:      rtx x;
                    603:      enum machine_mode mode;
1.1.1.5   root      604:      int opnum;
                    605:      enum reload_type type;
1.1.1.4   root      606: {
                    607:   rtx loc;
                    608:   int mem_valid;
                    609: 
1.1.1.7 ! root      610:   /* By default, if MODE is narrower than a word, widen it to a word.
        !           611:      This is required because most machines that require these memory
        !           612:      locations do not support short load and stores from all registers
        !           613:      (e.g., FP registers).  */
1.1.1.4   root      614: 
1.1.1.7 ! root      615: #ifdef SECONDARY_MEMORY_NEEDED_MODE
        !           616:   mode = SECONDARY_MEMORY_NEEDED_MODE (mode);
        !           617: #else
1.1.1.4   root      618:   if (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode) < BITS_PER_WORD)
                    619:     mode = mode_for_size (BITS_PER_WORD, GET_MODE_CLASS (mode), 0);
1.1.1.7 ! root      620: #endif
1.1.1.4   root      621: 
1.1.1.5   root      622:   /* If we already have made a MEM for this operand in MODE, return it.  */
                    623:   if (secondary_memlocs_elim[(int) mode][opnum] != 0)
                    624:     return secondary_memlocs_elim[(int) mode][opnum];
1.1.1.4   root      625: 
                    626:   /* If this is the first time we've tried to get a MEM for this mode, 
                    627:      allocate a new one.  `something_changed' in reload will get set
                    628:      by noticing that the frame size has changed.  */
                    629: 
                    630:   if (secondary_memlocs[(int) mode] == 0)
1.1.1.5   root      631:     {
                    632: #ifdef SECONDARY_MEMORY_NEEDED_RTX
                    633:       secondary_memlocs[(int) mode] = SECONDARY_MEMORY_NEEDED_RTX (mode);
                    634: #else
                    635:       secondary_memlocs[(int) mode]
                    636:        = assign_stack_local (mode, GET_MODE_SIZE (mode), 0);
                    637: #endif
                    638:     }
1.1.1.4   root      639: 
                    640:   /* Get a version of the address doing any eliminations needed.  If that
                    641:      didn't give us a new MEM, make a new one if it isn't valid.  */
                    642: 
1.1.1.5   root      643:   loc = eliminate_regs (secondary_memlocs[(int) mode], VOIDmode, NULL_RTX);
1.1.1.4   root      644:   mem_valid = strict_memory_address_p (mode, XEXP (loc, 0));
                    645: 
                    646:   if (! mem_valid && loc == secondary_memlocs[(int) mode])
                    647:     loc = copy_rtx (loc);
                    648: 
                    649:   /* The only time the call below will do anything is if the stack
                    650:      offset is too large.  In that case IND_LEVELS doesn't matter, so we
1.1.1.5   root      651:      can just pass a zero.  Adjust the type to be the address of the
                    652:      corresponding object.  If the address was valid, save the eliminated
                    653:      address.  If it wasn't valid, we need to make a reload each time, so
                    654:      don't save it.  */
1.1.1.4   root      655: 
1.1.1.5   root      656:   if (! mem_valid)
                    657:     {
                    658:       type =  (type == RELOAD_FOR_INPUT ? RELOAD_FOR_INPUT_ADDRESS
                    659:               : type == RELOAD_FOR_OUTPUT ? RELOAD_FOR_OUTPUT_ADDRESS
                    660:               : RELOAD_OTHER);
1.1.1.4   root      661: 
1.1.1.5   root      662:       find_reloads_address (mode, NULL_PTR, XEXP (loc, 0), &XEXP (loc, 0),
                    663:                            opnum, type, 0);
                    664:     }
1.1.1.4   root      665: 
1.1.1.5   root      666:   secondary_memlocs_elim[(int) mode][opnum] = loc;
1.1.1.4   root      667:   return loc;
                    668: }
                    669: 
                    670: /* Clear any secondary memory locations we've made.  */
                    671: 
                    672: void
                    673: clear_secondary_mem ()
                    674: {
1.1.1.7 ! root      675:   bzero ((char *) secondary_memlocs, sizeof secondary_memlocs);
1.1.1.4   root      676: }
                    677: #endif /* SECONDARY_MEMORY_NEEDED */
                    678: 
1.1.1.5   root      679: /* Record one reload that needs to be performed.
1.1       root      680:    IN is an rtx saying where the data are to be found before this instruction.
                    681:    OUT says where they must be stored after the instruction.
                    682:    (IN is zero for data not read, and OUT is zero for data not written.)
                    683:    INLOC and OUTLOC point to the places in the instructions where
                    684:    IN and OUT were found.
1.1.1.5   root      685:    If IN and OUT are both non-zero, it means the same register must be used
                    686:    to reload both IN and OUT.
                    687: 
1.1       root      688:    CLASS is a register class required for the reloaded data.
                    689:    INMODE is the machine mode that the instruction requires
                    690:    for the reg that replaces IN and OUTMODE is likewise for OUT.
                    691: 
                    692:    If IN is zero, then OUT's location and mode should be passed as
                    693:    INLOC and INMODE.
                    694: 
                    695:    STRICT_LOW is the 1 if there is a containing STRICT_LOW_PART rtx.
                    696: 
                    697:    OPTIONAL nonzero means this reload does not need to be performed:
                    698:    it can be discarded if that is more convenient.
                    699: 
1.1.1.5   root      700:    OPNUM and TYPE say what the purpose of this reload is.
                    701: 
1.1       root      702:    The return value is the reload-number for this reload.
                    703: 
                    704:    If both IN and OUT are nonzero, in some rare cases we might
                    705:    want to make two separate reloads.  (Actually we never do this now.)
                    706:    Therefore, the reload-number for OUT is stored in
                    707:    output_reloadnum when we return; the return value applies to IN.
                    708:    Usually (presently always), when IN and OUT are nonzero,
                    709:    the two reload-numbers are equal, but the caller should be careful to
                    710:    distinguish them.  */
                    711: 
                    712: static int
                    713: push_reload (in, out, inloc, outloc, class,
1.1.1.5   root      714:             inmode, outmode, strict_low, optional, opnum, type)
1.1       root      715:      register rtx in, out;
                    716:      rtx *inloc, *outloc;
                    717:      enum reg_class class;
                    718:      enum machine_mode inmode, outmode;
                    719:      int strict_low;
                    720:      int optional;
1.1.1.5   root      721:      int opnum;
                    722:      enum reload_type type;
1.1       root      723: {
                    724:   register int i;
                    725:   int dont_share = 0;
                    726:   rtx *in_subreg_loc = 0, *out_subreg_loc = 0;
1.1.1.7 ! root      727:   int secondary_in_reload = -1, secondary_out_reload = -1;
        !           728:   enum insn_code secondary_in_icode, secondary_out_icode;
1.1.1.5   root      729: 
1.1       root      730:   /* INMODE and/or OUTMODE could be VOIDmode if no mode
                    731:      has been specified for the operand.  In that case,
                    732:      use the operand's mode as the mode to reload.  */
                    733:   if (inmode == VOIDmode && in != 0)
                    734:     inmode = GET_MODE (in);
                    735:   if (outmode == VOIDmode && out != 0)
                    736:     outmode = GET_MODE (out);
                    737: 
                    738:   /* If IN is a pseudo register everywhere-equivalent to a constant, and 
                    739:      it is not in a hard register, reload straight from the constant,
                    740:      since we want to get rid of such pseudo registers.
                    741:      Often this is done earlier, but not always in find_reloads_address.  */
                    742:   if (in != 0 && GET_CODE (in) == REG)
                    743:     {
                    744:       register int regno = REGNO (in);
                    745: 
                    746:       if (regno >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER && reg_renumber[regno] < 0
                    747:          && reg_equiv_constant[regno] != 0)
                    748:        in = reg_equiv_constant[regno];
                    749:     }
                    750: 
                    751:   /* Likewise for OUT.  Of course, OUT will never be equivalent to
                    752:      an actual constant, but it might be equivalent to a memory location
                    753:      (in the case of a parameter).  */
                    754:   if (out != 0 && GET_CODE (out) == REG)
                    755:     {
                    756:       register int regno = REGNO (out);
                    757: 
                    758:       if (regno >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER && reg_renumber[regno] < 0
                    759:          && reg_equiv_constant[regno] != 0)
                    760:        out = reg_equiv_constant[regno];
                    761:     }
                    762: 
                    763:   /* If we have a read-write operand with an address side-effect,
                    764:      change either IN or OUT so the side-effect happens only once.  */
                    765:   if (in != 0 && out != 0 && GET_CODE (in) == MEM && rtx_equal_p (in, out))
                    766:     {
                    767:       if (GET_CODE (XEXP (in, 0)) == POST_INC
                    768:          || GET_CODE (XEXP (in, 0)) == POST_DEC)
                    769:        in = gen_rtx (MEM, GET_MODE (in), XEXP (XEXP (in, 0), 0));
                    770:       if (GET_CODE (XEXP (in, 0)) == PRE_INC
                    771:          || GET_CODE (XEXP (in, 0)) == PRE_DEC)
                    772:        out = gen_rtx (MEM, GET_MODE (out), XEXP (XEXP (out, 0), 0));
                    773:     }
                    774: 
1.1.1.6   root      775:   /* If we are reloading a (SUBREG constant ...), really reload just the
                    776:      inside expression in its own mode.  Similarly for (SUBREG (PLUS ...)).
                    777:      If we have (SUBREG:M1 (MEM:M2 ...) ...) (or an inner REG that is still
                    778:      a pseudo and hence will become a MEM) with M1 wider than M2 and the
                    779:      register is a pseudo, also reload the inside expression.
                    780:      For machines that extend byte loads, do this for any SUBREG of a pseudo
1.1.1.7 ! root      781:      where both M1 and M2 are a word or smaller, M1 is wider than M2, and
        !           782:      M2 is an integral mode that gets extended when loaded.
1.1.1.5   root      783:      Similar issue for (SUBREG:M1 (REG:M2 ...) ...) for a hard register R where
1.1       root      784:      either M1 is not valid for R or M2 is wider than a word but we only
                    785:      need one word to store an M2-sized quantity in R.
1.1.1.5   root      786:      (However, if OUT is nonzero, we need to reload the reg *and*
                    787:      the subreg, so do nothing here, and let following statement handle it.)
                    788: 
1.1       root      789:      Note that the case of (SUBREG (CONST_INT...)...) is handled elsewhere;
                    790:      we can't handle it here because CONST_INT does not indicate a mode.
                    791: 
                    792:      Similarly, we must reload the inside expression if we have a
1.1.1.4   root      793:      STRICT_LOW_PART (presumably, in == out in the cas).
                    794: 
                    795:      Also reload the inner expression if it does not require a secondary
1.1.1.7 ! root      796:      reload but the SUBREG does.
        !           797: 
        !           798:      Finally, reload the inner expression if it is a register that is in
        !           799:      the class whose registers cannot be referenced in a different size
        !           800:      and M1 is not the same size as M2.  */
1.1       root      801: 
                    802:   if (in != 0 && GET_CODE (in) == SUBREG
1.1.1.6   root      803:       && (CONSTANT_P (SUBREG_REG (in))
                    804:          || GET_CODE (SUBREG_REG (in)) == PLUS
1.1       root      805:          || strict_low
1.1.1.6   root      806:          || (((GET_CODE (SUBREG_REG (in)) == REG
                    807:                && REGNO (SUBREG_REG (in)) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
                    808:               || GET_CODE (SUBREG_REG (in)) == MEM)
                    809:              && ((GET_MODE_SIZE (inmode)
                    810:                   > GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (in))))
                    811: #ifdef LOAD_EXTEND_OP
                    812:                  || (GET_MODE_SIZE (inmode) <= UNITS_PER_WORD
                    813:                      && (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (in)))
                    814:                          <= UNITS_PER_WORD)
                    815:                      && (GET_MODE_SIZE (inmode)
1.1.1.7 ! root      816:                          > GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (in))))
        !           817:                      && INTEGRAL_MODE_P (GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (in)))
        !           818:                      && LOAD_EXTEND_OP (GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (in))) != NIL)
1.1.1.6   root      819: #endif
                    820:                  ))
1.1       root      821:          || (GET_CODE (SUBREG_REG (in)) == REG
1.1.1.6   root      822:              && REGNO (SUBREG_REG (in)) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
1.1.1.5   root      823:              /* The case where out is nonzero
                    824:                 is handled differently in the following statement.  */
                    825:              && (out == 0 || SUBREG_WORD (in) == 0)
1.1.1.6   root      826:              && ((GET_MODE_SIZE (inmode) <= UNITS_PER_WORD
                    827:                   && (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (in)))
                    828:                       > UNITS_PER_WORD)
                    829:                   && ((GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (in)))
                    830:                        / UNITS_PER_WORD)
                    831:                       != HARD_REGNO_NREGS (REGNO (SUBREG_REG (in)),
                    832:                                            GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (in)))))
                    833:                  || ! HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK ((REGNO (SUBREG_REG (in))
                    834:                                            + SUBREG_WORD (in)),
                    835:                                           inmode)))
1.1.1.4   root      836: #ifdef SECONDARY_INPUT_RELOAD_CLASS
                    837:          || (SECONDARY_INPUT_RELOAD_CLASS (class, inmode, in) != NO_REGS
                    838:              && (SECONDARY_INPUT_RELOAD_CLASS (class,
                    839:                                                GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (in)),
                    840:                                                SUBREG_REG (in))
                    841:                  == NO_REGS))
                    842: #endif
1.1.1.7 ! root      843: #ifdef CLASS_CANNOT_CHANGE_SIZE
        !           844:          || (GET_CODE (SUBREG_REG (in)) == REG
        !           845:              && REGNO (SUBREG_REG (in)) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
        !           846:              && (TEST_HARD_REG_BIT
        !           847:                  (reg_class_contents[(int) CLASS_CANNOT_CHANGE_SIZE],
        !           848:                   REGNO (SUBREG_REG (in))))
        !           849:              && (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (in)))
        !           850:                  != GET_MODE_SIZE (inmode)))
        !           851: #endif
1.1.1.4   root      852:          ))
1.1       root      853:     {
                    854:       in_subreg_loc = inloc;
                    855:       inloc = &SUBREG_REG (in);
                    856:       in = *inloc;
1.1.1.6   root      857: #ifndef LOAD_EXTEND_OP
1.1       root      858:       if (GET_CODE (in) == MEM)
                    859:        /* This is supposed to happen only for paradoxical subregs made by
                    860:           combine.c.  (SUBREG (MEM)) isn't supposed to occur other ways.  */
                    861:        if (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (in)) > GET_MODE_SIZE (inmode))
                    862:          abort ();
1.1.1.5   root      863: #endif
1.1       root      864:       inmode = GET_MODE (in);
                    865:     }
                    866: 
1.1.1.5   root      867:   /* Similar issue for (SUBREG:M1 (REG:M2 ...) ...) for a hard register R where
                    868:      either M1 is not valid for R or M2 is wider than a word but we only
                    869:      need one word to store an M2-sized quantity in R.
                    870: 
                    871:      However, we must reload the inner reg *as well as* the subreg in
                    872:      that case.  */
                    873: 
                    874:   if (in != 0 && GET_CODE (in) == SUBREG
                    875:       && GET_CODE (SUBREG_REG (in)) == REG
                    876:       && REGNO (SUBREG_REG (in)) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
                    877:       && (! HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK (REGNO (SUBREG_REG (in)), inmode)
                    878:          || (GET_MODE_SIZE (inmode) <= UNITS_PER_WORD
                    879:              && (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (in)))
                    880:                  > UNITS_PER_WORD)
                    881:              && ((GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (in)))
                    882:                   / UNITS_PER_WORD)
                    883:                  != HARD_REGNO_NREGS (REGNO (SUBREG_REG (in)),
                    884:                                       GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (in)))))))
                    885:     {
                    886:       push_reload (SUBREG_REG (in), NULL_RTX, &SUBREG_REG (in), NULL_PTR,
                    887:                   GENERAL_REGS, VOIDmode, VOIDmode, 0, 0, opnum, type);
                    888:     }
                    889: 
                    890: 
1.1       root      891:   /* Similarly for paradoxical and problematical SUBREGs on the output.
                    892:      Note that there is no reason we need worry about the previous value
                    893:      of SUBREG_REG (out); even if wider than out,
                    894:      storing in a subreg is entitled to clobber it all
                    895:      (except in the case of STRICT_LOW_PART,
                    896:      and in that case the constraint should label it input-output.)  */
                    897:   if (out != 0 && GET_CODE (out) == SUBREG
1.1.1.6   root      898:       && (CONSTANT_P (SUBREG_REG (out))
1.1       root      899:          || strict_low
1.1.1.6   root      900:          || (((GET_CODE (SUBREG_REG (out)) == REG
                    901:                && REGNO (SUBREG_REG (out)) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
                    902:               || GET_CODE (SUBREG_REG (out)) == MEM)
                    903:              && ((GET_MODE_SIZE (outmode)
1.1.1.7 ! root      904:                   > GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (out))))))
1.1.1.6   root      905:          || (GET_CODE (SUBREG_REG (out)) == REG
                    906:              && REGNO (SUBREG_REG (out)) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
                    907:              && ((GET_MODE_SIZE (outmode) <= UNITS_PER_WORD
                    908:                   && (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (out)))
                    909:                       > UNITS_PER_WORD)
                    910:                   && ((GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (out)))
                    911:                        / UNITS_PER_WORD)
                    912:                       != HARD_REGNO_NREGS (REGNO (SUBREG_REG (out)),
                    913:                                            GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (out)))))
                    914:                  || ! HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK ((REGNO (SUBREG_REG (out))
                    915:                                            + SUBREG_WORD (out)),
                    916:                                           outmode)))
1.1.1.4   root      917: #ifdef SECONDARY_OUTPUT_RELOAD_CLASS
                    918:          || (SECONDARY_OUTPUT_RELOAD_CLASS (class, outmode, out) != NO_REGS
                    919:              && (SECONDARY_OUTPUT_RELOAD_CLASS (class,
                    920:                                                 GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (out)),
                    921:                                                 SUBREG_REG (out))
                    922:                  == NO_REGS))
                    923: #endif
1.1.1.7 ! root      924: #ifdef CLASS_CANNOT_CHANGE_SIZE
        !           925:          || (GET_CODE (SUBREG_REG (out)) == REG
        !           926:              && REGNO (SUBREG_REG (out)) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
        !           927:              && (TEST_HARD_REG_BIT
        !           928:                  (reg_class_contents[(int) CLASS_CANNOT_CHANGE_SIZE],
        !           929:                   REGNO (SUBREG_REG (out))))
        !           930:              && (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (out)))
        !           931:                  != GET_MODE_SIZE (outmode)))
        !           932: #endif
1.1.1.4   root      933:          ))
1.1       root      934:     {
                    935:       out_subreg_loc = outloc;
                    936:       outloc = &SUBREG_REG (out);
1.1.1.5   root      937:       out = *outloc; 
1.1.1.6   root      938: #ifndef LOAD_EXTEND_OP
1.1.1.5   root      939:      if (GET_CODE (out) == MEM
1.1       root      940:          && GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (out)) > GET_MODE_SIZE (outmode))
                    941:        abort ();
1.1.1.5   root      942: #endif
1.1       root      943:       outmode = GET_MODE (out);
                    944:     }
                    945: 
                    946:   /* If IN appears in OUT, we can't share any input-only reload for IN.  */
                    947:   if (in != 0 && out != 0 && GET_CODE (out) == MEM
                    948:       && (GET_CODE (in) == REG || GET_CODE (in) == MEM)
1.1.1.3   root      949:       && reg_overlap_mentioned_for_reload_p (in, XEXP (out, 0)))
1.1       root      950:     dont_share = 1;
                    951: 
1.1.1.4   root      952:   /* If IN is a SUBREG of a hard register, make a new REG.  This
                    953:      simplifies some of the cases below.  */
                    954: 
                    955:   if (in != 0 && GET_CODE (in) == SUBREG && GET_CODE (SUBREG_REG (in)) == REG
                    956:       && REGNO (SUBREG_REG (in)) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
                    957:     in = gen_rtx (REG, GET_MODE (in),
                    958:                  REGNO (SUBREG_REG (in)) + SUBREG_WORD (in));
                    959: 
                    960:   /* Similarly for OUT.  */
                    961:   if (out != 0 && GET_CODE (out) == SUBREG
                    962:       && GET_CODE (SUBREG_REG (out)) == REG
                    963:       && REGNO (SUBREG_REG (out)) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
                    964:     out = gen_rtx (REG, GET_MODE (out),
                    965:                  REGNO (SUBREG_REG (out)) + SUBREG_WORD (out));
                    966: 
1.1       root      967:   /* Narrow down the class of register wanted if that is
                    968:      desirable on this machine for efficiency.  */
                    969:   if (in != 0)
                    970:     class = PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS (in, class);
                    971: 
1.1.1.5   root      972:   /* Output reloads may need analogous treatment, different in detail.  */
1.1.1.4   root      973: #ifdef PREFERRED_OUTPUT_RELOAD_CLASS
                    974:   if (out != 0)
                    975:     class = PREFERRED_OUTPUT_RELOAD_CLASS (out, class);
                    976: #endif
                    977: 
1.1       root      978:   /* Make sure we use a class that can handle the actual pseudo
                    979:      inside any subreg.  For example, on the 386, QImode regs
                    980:      can appear within SImode subregs.  Although GENERAL_REGS
                    981:      can handle SImode, QImode needs a smaller class.  */
                    982: #ifdef LIMIT_RELOAD_CLASS
                    983:   if (in_subreg_loc)
                    984:     class = LIMIT_RELOAD_CLASS (inmode, class);
                    985:   else if (in != 0 && GET_CODE (in) == SUBREG)
                    986:     class = LIMIT_RELOAD_CLASS (GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (in)), class);
                    987: 
                    988:   if (out_subreg_loc)
                    989:     class = LIMIT_RELOAD_CLASS (outmode, class);
                    990:   if (out != 0 && GET_CODE (out) == SUBREG)
                    991:     class = LIMIT_RELOAD_CLASS (GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (out)), class);
                    992: #endif
                    993: 
                    994:   /* Verify that this class is at least possible for the mode that
                    995:      is specified.  */
                    996:   if (this_insn_is_asm)
                    997:     {
                    998:       enum machine_mode mode;
                    999:       if (GET_MODE_SIZE (inmode) > GET_MODE_SIZE (outmode))
                   1000:        mode = inmode;
                   1001:       else
                   1002:        mode = outmode;
1.1.1.5   root     1003:       if (mode == VOIDmode)
                   1004:        {
                   1005:          error_for_asm (this_insn, "cannot reload integer constant operand in `asm'");
                   1006:          mode = word_mode;
                   1007:          if (in != 0)
                   1008:            inmode = word_mode;
                   1009:          if (out != 0)
                   1010:            outmode = word_mode;
                   1011:        }
1.1       root     1012:       for (i = 0; i < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER; i++)
                   1013:        if (HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK (i, mode)
                   1014:            && TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (reg_class_contents[(int) class], i))
                   1015:          {
                   1016:            int nregs = HARD_REGNO_NREGS (i, mode);
                   1017: 
                   1018:            int j;
                   1019:            for (j = 1; j < nregs; j++)
                   1020:              if (! TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (reg_class_contents[(int) class], i + j))
                   1021:                break;
                   1022:            if (j == nregs)
                   1023:              break;
                   1024:          }
                   1025:       if (i == FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
                   1026:        {
                   1027:          error_for_asm (this_insn, "impossible register constraint in `asm'");
                   1028:          class = ALL_REGS;
                   1029:        }
                   1030:     }
                   1031: 
1.1.1.5   root     1032:   if (class == NO_REGS)
                   1033:     abort ();
                   1034: 
1.1       root     1035:   /* We can use an existing reload if the class is right
                   1036:      and at least one of IN and OUT is a match
                   1037:      and the other is at worst neutral.
1.1.1.5   root     1038:      (A zero compared against anything is neutral.) 
                   1039: 
                   1040:      If SMALL_REGISTER_CLASSES, don't use existing reloads unless they are
                   1041:      for the same thing since that can cause us to need more reload registers
                   1042:      than we otherwise would.  */
                   1043: 
1.1       root     1044:   for (i = 0; i < n_reloads; i++)
                   1045:     if ((reg_class_subset_p (class, reload_reg_class[i])
                   1046:         || reg_class_subset_p (reload_reg_class[i], class))
                   1047:        /* If the existing reload has a register, it must fit our class.  */
                   1048:        && (reload_reg_rtx[i] == 0
                   1049:            || TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (reg_class_contents[(int) class],
                   1050:                                  true_regnum (reload_reg_rtx[i])))
                   1051:        && ((in != 0 && MATCHES (reload_in[i], in) && ! dont_share
                   1052:             && (out == 0 || reload_out[i] == 0 || MATCHES (reload_out[i], out)))
                   1053:            ||
                   1054:            (out != 0 && MATCHES (reload_out[i], out)
1.1.1.5   root     1055:             && (in == 0 || reload_in[i] == 0 || MATCHES (reload_in[i], in))))
                   1056:        && (reg_class_size[(int) class] == 1
                   1057: #ifdef SMALL_REGISTER_CLASSES
                   1058:            || 1
                   1059: #endif
                   1060:            )
                   1061:        && MERGABLE_RELOADS (type, reload_when_needed[i],
                   1062:                             opnum, reload_opnum[i]))
1.1       root     1063:       break;
                   1064: 
                   1065:   /* Reloading a plain reg for input can match a reload to postincrement
                   1066:      that reg, since the postincrement's value is the right value.
                   1067:      Likewise, it can match a preincrement reload, since we regard
                   1068:      the preincrementation as happening before any ref in this insn
                   1069:      to that register.  */
                   1070:   if (i == n_reloads)
                   1071:     for (i = 0; i < n_reloads; i++)
                   1072:       if ((reg_class_subset_p (class, reload_reg_class[i])
                   1073:           || reg_class_subset_p (reload_reg_class[i], class))
                   1074:          /* If the existing reload has a register, it must fit our class.  */
                   1075:          && (reload_reg_rtx[i] == 0
                   1076:              || TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (reg_class_contents[(int) class],
                   1077:                                    true_regnum (reload_reg_rtx[i])))
                   1078:          && out == 0 && reload_out[i] == 0 && reload_in[i] != 0
                   1079:          && ((GET_CODE (in) == REG
                   1080:               && (GET_CODE (reload_in[i]) == POST_INC
                   1081:                   || GET_CODE (reload_in[i]) == POST_DEC
                   1082:                   || GET_CODE (reload_in[i]) == PRE_INC
                   1083:                   || GET_CODE (reload_in[i]) == PRE_DEC)
                   1084:               && MATCHES (XEXP (reload_in[i], 0), in))
                   1085:              ||
                   1086:              (GET_CODE (reload_in[i]) == REG
                   1087:               && (GET_CODE (in) == POST_INC
                   1088:                   || GET_CODE (in) == POST_DEC
                   1089:                   || GET_CODE (in) == PRE_INC
                   1090:                   || GET_CODE (in) == PRE_DEC)
1.1.1.5   root     1091:               && MATCHES (XEXP (in, 0), reload_in[i])))
                   1092:          && (reg_class_size[(int) class] == 1
                   1093: #ifdef SMALL_REGISTER_CLASSES
                   1094:              || 1
                   1095: #endif
                   1096:              )
                   1097:          && MERGABLE_RELOADS (type, reload_when_needed[i],
                   1098:                               opnum, reload_opnum[i]))
1.1       root     1099:        {
                   1100:          /* Make sure reload_in ultimately has the increment,
                   1101:             not the plain register.  */
                   1102:          if (GET_CODE (in) == REG)
                   1103:            in = reload_in[i];
                   1104:          break;
                   1105:        }
                   1106: 
                   1107:   if (i == n_reloads)
                   1108:     {
1.1.1.7 ! root     1109:       /* See if we need a secondary reload register to move between CLASS
        !          1110:         and IN or CLASS and OUT.  Get the icode and push any required reloads
        !          1111:         needed for each of them if so.  */
1.1       root     1112: 
                   1113: #ifdef SECONDARY_INPUT_RELOAD_CLASS
                   1114:       if (in != 0)
1.1.1.7 ! root     1115:        secondary_in_reload
        !          1116:          = push_secondary_reload (1, in, opnum, optional, class, inmode, type,
        !          1117:                                   &secondary_in_icode);
1.1       root     1118: #endif
                   1119: 
                   1120: #ifdef SECONDARY_OUTPUT_RELOAD_CLASS
                   1121:       if (out != 0 && GET_CODE (out) != SCRATCH)
1.1.1.7 ! root     1122:        secondary_out_reload
        !          1123:          = push_secondary_reload (0, out, opnum, optional, class, outmode,
        !          1124:                                   type, &secondary_out_icode);
1.1       root     1125: #endif
                   1126: 
                   1127:       /* We found no existing reload suitable for re-use.
                   1128:         So add an additional reload.  */
                   1129: 
1.1.1.7 ! root     1130:       i = n_reloads;
1.1       root     1131:       reload_in[i] = in;
                   1132:       reload_out[i] = out;
                   1133:       reload_reg_class[i] = class;
                   1134:       reload_inmode[i] = inmode;
                   1135:       reload_outmode[i] = outmode;
                   1136:       reload_reg_rtx[i] = 0;
                   1137:       reload_optional[i] = optional;
                   1138:       reload_inc[i] = 0;
                   1139:       reload_nocombine[i] = 0;
                   1140:       reload_in_reg[i] = inloc ? *inloc : 0;
1.1.1.5   root     1141:       reload_opnum[i] = opnum;
                   1142:       reload_when_needed[i] = type;
1.1.1.7 ! root     1143:       reload_secondary_in_reload[i] = secondary_in_reload;
        !          1144:       reload_secondary_out_reload[i] = secondary_out_reload;
        !          1145:       reload_secondary_in_icode[i] = secondary_in_icode;
        !          1146:       reload_secondary_out_icode[i] = secondary_out_icode;
1.1       root     1147:       reload_secondary_p[i] = 0;
                   1148: 
                   1149:       n_reloads++;
1.1.1.4   root     1150: 
                   1151: #ifdef SECONDARY_MEMORY_NEEDED
                   1152:       /* If a memory location is needed for the copy, make one.  */
                   1153:       if (in != 0 && GET_CODE (in) == REG
                   1154:          && REGNO (in) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
                   1155:          && SECONDARY_MEMORY_NEEDED (REGNO_REG_CLASS (REGNO (in)),
                   1156:                                     class, inmode))
1.1.1.5   root     1157:        get_secondary_mem (in, inmode, opnum, type);
1.1.1.4   root     1158: 
                   1159:       if (out != 0 && GET_CODE (out) == REG
                   1160:          && REGNO (out) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
                   1161:          && SECONDARY_MEMORY_NEEDED (class, REGNO_REG_CLASS (REGNO (out)),
                   1162:                                      outmode))
1.1.1.5   root     1163:        get_secondary_mem (out, outmode, opnum, type);
1.1.1.4   root     1164: #endif
1.1       root     1165:     }
                   1166:   else
                   1167:     {
                   1168:       /* We are reusing an existing reload,
                   1169:         but we may have additional information for it.
                   1170:         For example, we may now have both IN and OUT
                   1171:         while the old one may have just one of them.  */
                   1172: 
                   1173:       if (inmode != VOIDmode)
                   1174:        reload_inmode[i] = inmode;
                   1175:       if (outmode != VOIDmode)
                   1176:        reload_outmode[i] = outmode;
                   1177:       if (in != 0)
                   1178:        reload_in[i] = in;
                   1179:       if (out != 0)
                   1180:        reload_out[i] = out;
                   1181:       if (reg_class_subset_p (class, reload_reg_class[i]))
                   1182:        reload_reg_class[i] = class;
                   1183:       reload_optional[i] &= optional;
1.1.1.5   root     1184:       if (MERGE_TO_OTHER (type, reload_when_needed[i],
                   1185:                          opnum, reload_opnum[i]))
                   1186:        reload_when_needed[i] = RELOAD_OTHER;
                   1187:       reload_opnum[i] = MIN (reload_opnum[i], opnum);
1.1       root     1188:     }
                   1189: 
                   1190:   /* If the ostensible rtx being reload differs from the rtx found
                   1191:      in the location to substitute, this reload is not safe to combine
                   1192:      because we cannot reliably tell whether it appears in the insn.  */
                   1193: 
                   1194:   if (in != 0 && in != *inloc)
                   1195:     reload_nocombine[i] = 1;
                   1196: 
                   1197: #if 0
                   1198:   /* This was replaced by changes in find_reloads_address_1 and the new
                   1199:      function inc_for_reload, which go with a new meaning of reload_inc.  */
                   1200: 
                   1201:   /* If this is an IN/OUT reload in an insn that sets the CC,
                   1202:      it must be for an autoincrement.  It doesn't work to store
                   1203:      the incremented value after the insn because that would clobber the CC.
                   1204:      So we must do the increment of the value reloaded from,
                   1205:      increment it, store it back, then decrement again.  */
                   1206:   if (out != 0 && sets_cc0_p (PATTERN (this_insn)))
                   1207:     {
                   1208:       out = 0;
                   1209:       reload_out[i] = 0;
                   1210:       reload_inc[i] = find_inc_amount (PATTERN (this_insn), in);
                   1211:       /* If we did not find a nonzero amount-to-increment-by,
                   1212:         that contradicts the belief that IN is being incremented
                   1213:         in an address in this insn.  */
                   1214:       if (reload_inc[i] == 0)
                   1215:        abort ();
                   1216:     }
                   1217: #endif
                   1218: 
                   1219:   /* If we will replace IN and OUT with the reload-reg,
                   1220:      record where they are located so that substitution need
                   1221:      not do a tree walk.  */
                   1222: 
                   1223:   if (replace_reloads)
                   1224:     {
                   1225:       if (inloc != 0)
                   1226:        {
                   1227:          register struct replacement *r = &replacements[n_replacements++];
                   1228:          r->what = i;
                   1229:          r->subreg_loc = in_subreg_loc;
                   1230:          r->where = inloc;
                   1231:          r->mode = inmode;
                   1232:        }
                   1233:       if (outloc != 0 && outloc != inloc)
                   1234:        {
                   1235:          register struct replacement *r = &replacements[n_replacements++];
                   1236:          r->what = i;
                   1237:          r->where = outloc;
                   1238:          r->subreg_loc = out_subreg_loc;
                   1239:          r->mode = outmode;
                   1240:        }
                   1241:     }
                   1242: 
                   1243:   /* If this reload is just being introduced and it has both
                   1244:      an incoming quantity and an outgoing quantity that are
                   1245:      supposed to be made to match, see if either one of the two
                   1246:      can serve as the place to reload into.
                   1247: 
                   1248:      If one of them is acceptable, set reload_reg_rtx[i]
                   1249:      to that one.  */
                   1250: 
                   1251:   if (in != 0 && out != 0 && in != out && reload_reg_rtx[i] == 0)
                   1252:     {
                   1253:       reload_reg_rtx[i] = find_dummy_reload (in, out, inloc, outloc,
1.1.1.6   root     1254:                                             inmode, outmode,
1.1       root     1255:                                             reload_reg_class[i], i);
                   1256: 
                   1257:       /* If the outgoing register already contains the same value
                   1258:         as the incoming one, we can dispense with loading it.
                   1259:         The easiest way to tell the caller that is to give a phony
                   1260:         value for the incoming operand (same as outgoing one).  */
                   1261:       if (reload_reg_rtx[i] == out
                   1262:          && (GET_CODE (in) == REG || CONSTANT_P (in))
                   1263:          && 0 != find_equiv_reg (in, this_insn, 0, REGNO (out),
                   1264:                                  static_reload_reg_p, i, inmode))
                   1265:        reload_in[i] = out;
                   1266:     }
                   1267: 
                   1268:   /* If this is an input reload and the operand contains a register that
                   1269:      dies in this insn and is used nowhere else, see if it is the right class
                   1270:      to be used for this reload.  Use it if so.  (This occurs most commonly
                   1271:      in the case of paradoxical SUBREGs and in-out reloads).  We cannot do
                   1272:      this if it is also an output reload that mentions the register unless
                   1273:      the output is a SUBREG that clobbers an entire register.
                   1274: 
                   1275:      Note that the operand might be one of the spill regs, if it is a
                   1276:      pseudo reg and we are in a block where spilling has not taken place.
                   1277:      But if there is no spilling in this block, that is OK.
                   1278:      An explicitly used hard reg cannot be a spill reg.  */
                   1279: 
                   1280:   if (reload_reg_rtx[i] == 0 && in != 0)
                   1281:     {
                   1282:       rtx note;
                   1283:       int regno;
                   1284: 
                   1285:       for (note = REG_NOTES (this_insn); note; note = XEXP (note, 1))
                   1286:        if (REG_NOTE_KIND (note) == REG_DEAD
                   1287:            && GET_CODE (XEXP (note, 0)) == REG
                   1288:            && (regno = REGNO (XEXP (note, 0))) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
                   1289:            && reg_mentioned_p (XEXP (note, 0), in)
                   1290:            && ! refers_to_regno_for_reload_p (regno,
                   1291:                                               (regno
                   1292:                                                + HARD_REGNO_NREGS (regno,
                   1293:                                                                    inmode)),
                   1294:                                               PATTERN (this_insn), inloc)
1.1.1.5   root     1295:            /* If this is also an output reload, IN cannot be used as
                   1296:               the reload register if it is set in this insn unless IN
                   1297:               is also OUT.  */
                   1298:            && (out == 0 || in == out
                   1299:                || ! hard_reg_set_here_p (regno,
                   1300:                                          (regno
                   1301:                                           + HARD_REGNO_NREGS (regno,
                   1302:                                                               inmode)),
                   1303:                                          PATTERN (this_insn)))
                   1304:            /* ??? Why is this code so different from the previous?
                   1305:               Is there any simple coherent way to describe the two together?
                   1306:               What's going on here.  */
1.1       root     1307:            && (in != out
                   1308:                || (GET_CODE (in) == SUBREG
                   1309:                    && (((GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (in)) + (UNITS_PER_WORD - 1))
                   1310:                         / UNITS_PER_WORD)
                   1311:                        == ((GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (in)))
                   1312:                             + (UNITS_PER_WORD - 1)) / UNITS_PER_WORD))))
                   1313:            /* Make sure the operand fits in the reg that dies.  */
                   1314:            && GET_MODE_SIZE (inmode) <= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (note, 0)))
                   1315:            && HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK (regno, inmode)
                   1316:            && GET_MODE_SIZE (outmode) <= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XEXP (note, 0)))
                   1317:            && HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK (regno, outmode)
                   1318:            && TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (reg_class_contents[(int) class], regno)
                   1319:            && !fixed_regs[regno])
                   1320:          {
                   1321:            reload_reg_rtx[i] = gen_rtx (REG, inmode, regno);
                   1322:            break;
                   1323:          }
                   1324:     }
                   1325: 
                   1326:   if (out)
                   1327:     output_reloadnum = i;
                   1328: 
                   1329:   return i;
                   1330: }
                   1331: 
                   1332: /* Record an additional place we must replace a value
                   1333:    for which we have already recorded a reload.
                   1334:    RELOADNUM is the value returned by push_reload
                   1335:    when the reload was recorded.
                   1336:    This is used in insn patterns that use match_dup.  */
                   1337: 
                   1338: static void
                   1339: push_replacement (loc, reloadnum, mode)
                   1340:      rtx *loc;
                   1341:      int reloadnum;
                   1342:      enum machine_mode mode;
                   1343: {
                   1344:   if (replace_reloads)
                   1345:     {
                   1346:       register struct replacement *r = &replacements[n_replacements++];
                   1347:       r->what = reloadnum;
                   1348:       r->where = loc;
                   1349:       r->subreg_loc = 0;
                   1350:       r->mode = mode;
                   1351:     }
                   1352: }
                   1353: 
1.1.1.5   root     1354: /* Transfer all replacements that used to be in reload FROM to be in
                   1355:    reload TO.  */
                   1356: 
                   1357: void
                   1358: transfer_replacements (to, from)
                   1359:      int to, from;
                   1360: {
                   1361:   int i;
                   1362: 
                   1363:   for (i = 0; i < n_replacements; i++)
                   1364:     if (replacements[i].what == from)
                   1365:       replacements[i].what = to;
                   1366: }
                   1367: 
1.1       root     1368: /* If there is only one output reload, and it is not for an earlyclobber
                   1369:    operand, try to combine it with a (logically unrelated) input reload
                   1370:    to reduce the number of reload registers needed.
                   1371: 
                   1372:    This is safe if the input reload does not appear in
                   1373:    the value being output-reloaded, because this implies
                   1374:    it is not needed any more once the original insn completes.
                   1375: 
                   1376:    If that doesn't work, see we can use any of the registers that
                   1377:    die in this insn as a reload register.  We can if it is of the right
                   1378:    class and does not appear in the value being output-reloaded.  */
                   1379: 
                   1380: static void
                   1381: combine_reloads ()
                   1382: {
                   1383:   int i;
                   1384:   int output_reload = -1;
                   1385:   rtx note;
                   1386: 
                   1387:   /* Find the output reload; return unless there is exactly one
                   1388:      and that one is mandatory.  */
                   1389: 
                   1390:   for (i = 0; i < n_reloads; i++)
                   1391:     if (reload_out[i] != 0)
                   1392:       {
                   1393:        if (output_reload >= 0)
                   1394:          return;
                   1395:        output_reload = i;
                   1396:       }
                   1397: 
                   1398:   if (output_reload < 0 || reload_optional[output_reload])
                   1399:     return;
                   1400: 
                   1401:   /* An input-output reload isn't combinable.  */
                   1402: 
                   1403:   if (reload_in[output_reload] != 0)
                   1404:     return;
                   1405: 
1.1.1.3   root     1406:   /* If this reload is for an earlyclobber operand, we can't do anything.  */
1.1.1.6   root     1407:   if (earlyclobber_operand_p (reload_out[output_reload]))
                   1408:     return;
1.1       root     1409: 
                   1410:   /* Check each input reload; can we combine it?  */
                   1411: 
                   1412:   for (i = 0; i < n_reloads; i++)
                   1413:     if (reload_in[i] && ! reload_optional[i] && ! reload_nocombine[i]
                   1414:        /* Life span of this reload must not extend past main insn.  */
1.1.1.5   root     1415:        && reload_when_needed[i] != RELOAD_FOR_OUTPUT_ADDRESS
                   1416:        && reload_when_needed[i] != RELOAD_OTHER
                   1417:        && (CLASS_MAX_NREGS (reload_reg_class[i], reload_inmode[i])
                   1418:            == CLASS_MAX_NREGS (reload_reg_class[output_reload],
                   1419:                                reload_outmode[output_reload]))
1.1       root     1420:        && reload_inc[i] == 0
                   1421:        && reload_reg_rtx[i] == 0
1.1.1.5   root     1422: #ifdef SECONDARY_MEMORY_NEEDED
1.1.1.7 ! root     1423:        /* Don't combine two reloads with different secondary
        !          1424:           memory locations.  */
1.1.1.5   root     1425:        && (secondary_memlocs_elim[(int) reload_outmode[output_reload]][reload_opnum[i]] == 0
                   1426:            || secondary_memlocs_elim[(int) reload_outmode[output_reload]][reload_opnum[output_reload]] == 0
                   1427:            || rtx_equal_p (secondary_memlocs_elim[(int) reload_outmode[output_reload]][reload_opnum[i]],
                   1428:                            secondary_memlocs_elim[(int) reload_outmode[output_reload]][reload_opnum[output_reload]]))
                   1429: #endif
                   1430: #ifdef SMALL_REGISTER_CLASSES
                   1431:        && reload_reg_class[i] == reload_reg_class[output_reload]
                   1432: #else
1.1       root     1433:        && (reg_class_subset_p (reload_reg_class[i],
                   1434:                                reload_reg_class[output_reload])
                   1435:            || reg_class_subset_p (reload_reg_class[output_reload],
                   1436:                                   reload_reg_class[i]))
1.1.1.5   root     1437: #endif
1.1       root     1438:        && (MATCHES (reload_in[i], reload_out[output_reload])
                   1439:            /* Args reversed because the first arg seems to be
                   1440:               the one that we imagine being modified
                   1441:               while the second is the one that might be affected.  */
1.1.1.3   root     1442:            || (! reg_overlap_mentioned_for_reload_p (reload_out[output_reload],
                   1443:                                                      reload_in[i])
1.1       root     1444:                /* However, if the input is a register that appears inside
                   1445:                   the output, then we also can't share.
                   1446:                   Imagine (set (mem (reg 69)) (plus (reg 69) ...)).
                   1447:                   If the same reload reg is used for both reg 69 and the
                   1448:                   result to be stored in memory, then that result
                   1449:                   will clobber the address of the memory ref.  */
                   1450:                && ! (GET_CODE (reload_in[i]) == REG
1.1.1.3   root     1451:                      && reg_overlap_mentioned_for_reload_p (reload_in[i],
1.1.1.5   root     1452:                                                             reload_out[output_reload]))))
                   1453:        && (reg_class_size[(int) reload_reg_class[i]]
                   1454: #ifdef SMALL_REGISTER_CLASSES
                   1455:             || 1
                   1456: #endif
                   1457:            )
                   1458:        /* We will allow making things slightly worse by combining an
                   1459:           input and an output, but no worse than that.  */
                   1460:        && (reload_when_needed[i] == RELOAD_FOR_INPUT
                   1461:            || reload_when_needed[i] == RELOAD_FOR_OUTPUT))
1.1       root     1462:       {
                   1463:        int j;
                   1464: 
                   1465:        /* We have found a reload to combine with!  */
                   1466:        reload_out[i] = reload_out[output_reload];
                   1467:        reload_outmode[i] = reload_outmode[output_reload];
                   1468:        /* Mark the old output reload as inoperative.  */
                   1469:        reload_out[output_reload] = 0;
                   1470:        /* The combined reload is needed for the entire insn.  */
                   1471:        reload_when_needed[i] = RELOAD_OTHER;
                   1472:        /* If the output reload had a secondary reload, copy it. */
1.1.1.7 ! root     1473:        if (reload_secondary_out_reload[output_reload] != -1)
        !          1474:          {
        !          1475:            reload_secondary_out_reload[i]
        !          1476:              = reload_secondary_out_reload[output_reload];
        !          1477:            reload_secondary_out_icode[i]
        !          1478:              = reload_secondary_out_icode[output_reload];
        !          1479:          }
        !          1480: 
1.1.1.5   root     1481: #ifdef SECONDARY_MEMORY_NEEDED
                   1482:        /* Copy any secondary MEM.  */
                   1483:        if (secondary_memlocs_elim[(int) reload_outmode[output_reload]][reload_opnum[output_reload]] != 0)
                   1484:          secondary_memlocs_elim[(int) reload_outmode[output_reload]][reload_opnum[i]]
                   1485:            = secondary_memlocs_elim[(int) reload_outmode[output_reload]][reload_opnum[output_reload]];
                   1486: #endif
1.1       root     1487:        /* If required, minimize the register class. */
                   1488:        if (reg_class_subset_p (reload_reg_class[output_reload],
                   1489:                                reload_reg_class[i]))
                   1490:          reload_reg_class[i] = reload_reg_class[output_reload];
                   1491: 
                   1492:        /* Transfer all replacements from the old reload to the combined.  */
                   1493:        for (j = 0; j < n_replacements; j++)
                   1494:          if (replacements[j].what == output_reload)
                   1495:            replacements[j].what = i;
                   1496: 
                   1497:        return;
                   1498:       }
                   1499: 
                   1500:   /* If this insn has only one operand that is modified or written (assumed
                   1501:      to be the first),  it must be the one corresponding to this reload.  It
                   1502:      is safe to use anything that dies in this insn for that output provided
                   1503:      that it does not occur in the output (we already know it isn't an
                   1504:      earlyclobber.  If this is an asm insn, give up.  */
                   1505: 
                   1506:   if (INSN_CODE (this_insn) == -1)
                   1507:     return;
                   1508: 
                   1509:   for (i = 1; i < insn_n_operands[INSN_CODE (this_insn)]; i++)
                   1510:     if (insn_operand_constraint[INSN_CODE (this_insn)][i][0] == '='
                   1511:        || insn_operand_constraint[INSN_CODE (this_insn)][i][0] == '+')
                   1512:       return;
                   1513: 
                   1514:   /* See if some hard register that dies in this insn and is not used in
                   1515:      the output is the right class.  Only works if the register we pick
                   1516:      up can fully hold our output reload.  */
                   1517:   for (note = REG_NOTES (this_insn); note; note = XEXP (note, 1))
                   1518:     if (REG_NOTE_KIND (note) == REG_DEAD
                   1519:        && GET_CODE (XEXP (note, 0)) == REG
1.1.1.3   root     1520:        && ! reg_overlap_mentioned_for_reload_p (XEXP (note, 0),
                   1521:                                                 reload_out[output_reload])
1.1       root     1522:        && REGNO (XEXP (note, 0)) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
                   1523:        && HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK (REGNO (XEXP (note, 0)), reload_outmode[output_reload])
                   1524:        && TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (reg_class_contents[(int) reload_reg_class[output_reload]],
                   1525:                              REGNO (XEXP (note, 0)))
                   1526:        && (HARD_REGNO_NREGS (REGNO (XEXP (note, 0)), reload_outmode[output_reload])
                   1527:            <= HARD_REGNO_NREGS (REGNO (XEXP (note, 0)), GET_MODE (XEXP (note, 0))))
                   1528:        && ! fixed_regs[REGNO (XEXP (note, 0))])
                   1529:       {
                   1530:        reload_reg_rtx[output_reload] = gen_rtx (REG,
                   1531:                                                 reload_outmode[output_reload],
                   1532:                                                 REGNO (XEXP (note, 0)));
                   1533:        return;
                   1534:       }
                   1535: }
                   1536: 
                   1537: /* Try to find a reload register for an in-out reload (expressions IN and OUT).
                   1538:    See if one of IN and OUT is a register that may be used;
                   1539:    this is desirable since a spill-register won't be needed.
                   1540:    If so, return the register rtx that proves acceptable.
                   1541: 
                   1542:    INLOC and OUTLOC are locations where IN and OUT appear in the insn.
                   1543:    CLASS is the register class required for the reload.
                   1544: 
                   1545:    If FOR_REAL is >= 0, it is the number of the reload,
                   1546:    and in some cases when it can be discovered that OUT doesn't need
                   1547:    to be computed, clear out reload_out[FOR_REAL].
                   1548: 
                   1549:    If FOR_REAL is -1, this should not be done, because this call
                   1550:    is just to see if a register can be found, not to find and install it.  */
                   1551: 
                   1552: static rtx
1.1.1.6   root     1553: find_dummy_reload (real_in, real_out, inloc, outloc,
                   1554:                   inmode, outmode, class, for_real)
1.1       root     1555:      rtx real_in, real_out;
                   1556:      rtx *inloc, *outloc;
1.1.1.6   root     1557:      enum machine_mode inmode, outmode;
1.1       root     1558:      enum reg_class class;
                   1559:      int for_real;
                   1560: {
                   1561:   rtx in = real_in;
                   1562:   rtx out = real_out;
                   1563:   int in_offset = 0;
                   1564:   int out_offset = 0;
                   1565:   rtx value = 0;
                   1566: 
                   1567:   /* If operands exceed a word, we can't use either of them
                   1568:      unless they have the same size.  */
1.1.1.6   root     1569:   if (GET_MODE_SIZE (outmode) != GET_MODE_SIZE (inmode)
                   1570:       && (GET_MODE_SIZE (outmode) > UNITS_PER_WORD
                   1571:          || GET_MODE_SIZE (inmode) > UNITS_PER_WORD))
1.1       root     1572:     return 0;
                   1573: 
                   1574:   /* Find the inside of any subregs.  */
                   1575:   while (GET_CODE (out) == SUBREG)
                   1576:     {
                   1577:       out_offset = SUBREG_WORD (out);
                   1578:       out = SUBREG_REG (out);
                   1579:     }
                   1580:   while (GET_CODE (in) == SUBREG)
                   1581:     {
                   1582:       in_offset = SUBREG_WORD (in);
                   1583:       in = SUBREG_REG (in);
                   1584:     }
                   1585: 
                   1586:   /* Narrow down the reg class, the same way push_reload will;
                   1587:      otherwise we might find a dummy now, but push_reload won't.  */
                   1588:   class = PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS (in, class);
                   1589: 
                   1590:   /* See if OUT will do.  */
                   1591:   if (GET_CODE (out) == REG
                   1592:       && REGNO (out) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
                   1593:     {
                   1594:       register int regno = REGNO (out) + out_offset;
1.1.1.6   root     1595:       int nwords = HARD_REGNO_NREGS (regno, outmode);
1.1.1.4   root     1596:       rtx saved_rtx;
1.1       root     1597: 
                   1598:       /* When we consider whether the insn uses OUT,
                   1599:         ignore references within IN.  They don't prevent us
                   1600:         from copying IN into OUT, because those refs would
                   1601:         move into the insn that reloads IN.
                   1602: 
                   1603:         However, we only ignore IN in its role as this reload.
                   1604:         If the insn uses IN elsewhere and it contains OUT,
                   1605:         that counts.  We can't be sure it's the "same" operand
                   1606:         so it might not go through this reload.  */
1.1.1.4   root     1607:       saved_rtx = *inloc;
1.1       root     1608:       *inloc = const0_rtx;
                   1609: 
                   1610:       if (regno < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
                   1611:          /* A fixed reg that can overlap other regs better not be used
                   1612:             for reloading in any way.  */
                   1613: #ifdef OVERLAPPING_REGNO_P
                   1614:          && ! (fixed_regs[regno] && OVERLAPPING_REGNO_P (regno))
                   1615: #endif
                   1616:          && ! refers_to_regno_for_reload_p (regno, regno + nwords,
                   1617:                                             PATTERN (this_insn), outloc))
                   1618:        {
                   1619:          int i;
                   1620:          for (i = 0; i < nwords; i++)
                   1621:            if (! TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (reg_class_contents[(int) class],
                   1622:                                     regno + i))
                   1623:              break;
                   1624: 
                   1625:          if (i == nwords)
                   1626:            {
                   1627:              if (GET_CODE (real_out) == REG)
                   1628:                value = real_out;
                   1629:              else
1.1.1.6   root     1630:                value = gen_rtx (REG, outmode, regno);
1.1       root     1631:            }
                   1632:        }
                   1633: 
1.1.1.4   root     1634:       *inloc = saved_rtx;
1.1       root     1635:     }
                   1636: 
                   1637:   /* Consider using IN if OUT was not acceptable
                   1638:      or if OUT dies in this insn (like the quotient in a divmod insn).
                   1639:      We can't use IN unless it is dies in this insn,
                   1640:      which means we must know accurately which hard regs are live.
                   1641:      Also, the result can't go in IN if IN is used within OUT.  */
                   1642:   if (hard_regs_live_known
                   1643:       && GET_CODE (in) == REG
                   1644:       && REGNO (in) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
                   1645:       && (value == 0
                   1646:          || find_reg_note (this_insn, REG_UNUSED, real_out))
                   1647:       && find_reg_note (this_insn, REG_DEAD, real_in)
                   1648:       && !fixed_regs[REGNO (in)]
1.1.1.6   root     1649:       && HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK (REGNO (in),
                   1650:                             /* The only case where out and real_out might
                   1651:                                have different modes is where real_out
                   1652:                                is a subreg, and in that case, out
                   1653:                                has a real mode.  */
                   1654:                             (GET_MODE (out) != VOIDmode
                   1655:                              ? GET_MODE (out) : outmode)))
1.1       root     1656:     {
                   1657:       register int regno = REGNO (in) + in_offset;
1.1.1.6   root     1658:       int nwords = HARD_REGNO_NREGS (regno, inmode);
1.1       root     1659: 
1.1.1.4   root     1660:       if (! refers_to_regno_for_reload_p (regno, regno + nwords, out, NULL_PTR)
1.1       root     1661:          && ! hard_reg_set_here_p (regno, regno + nwords,
                   1662:                                    PATTERN (this_insn)))
                   1663:        {
                   1664:          int i;
                   1665:          for (i = 0; i < nwords; i++)
                   1666:            if (! TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (reg_class_contents[(int) class],
                   1667:                                     regno + i))
                   1668:              break;
                   1669: 
                   1670:          if (i == nwords)
                   1671:            {
                   1672:              /* If we were going to use OUT as the reload reg
                   1673:                 and changed our mind, it means OUT is a dummy that
                   1674:                 dies here.  So don't bother copying value to it.  */
                   1675:              if (for_real >= 0 && value == real_out)
                   1676:                reload_out[for_real] = 0;
                   1677:              if (GET_CODE (real_in) == REG)
                   1678:                value = real_in;
                   1679:              else
1.1.1.6   root     1680:                value = gen_rtx (REG, inmode, regno);
1.1       root     1681:            }
                   1682:        }
                   1683:     }
                   1684: 
                   1685:   return value;
                   1686: }
                   1687: 
                   1688: /* This page contains subroutines used mainly for determining
                   1689:    whether the IN or an OUT of a reload can serve as the
                   1690:    reload register.  */
                   1691: 
1.1.1.6   root     1692: /* Return 1 if X is an operand of an insn that is being earlyclobbered.  */
                   1693: 
                   1694: static int
                   1695: earlyclobber_operand_p (x)
                   1696:      rtx x;
                   1697: {
                   1698:   int i;
                   1699: 
                   1700:   for (i = 0; i < n_earlyclobbers; i++)
                   1701:     if (reload_earlyclobbers[i] == x)
                   1702:       return 1;
                   1703: 
                   1704:   return 0;
                   1705: }
                   1706: 
1.1       root     1707: /* Return 1 if expression X alters a hard reg in the range
                   1708:    from BEG_REGNO (inclusive) to END_REGNO (exclusive),
                   1709:    either explicitly or in the guise of a pseudo-reg allocated to REGNO.
                   1710:    X should be the body of an instruction.  */
                   1711: 
                   1712: static int
                   1713: hard_reg_set_here_p (beg_regno, end_regno, x)
                   1714:      register int beg_regno, end_regno;
                   1715:      rtx x;
                   1716: {
                   1717:   if (GET_CODE (x) == SET || GET_CODE (x) == CLOBBER)
                   1718:     {
                   1719:       register rtx op0 = SET_DEST (x);
                   1720:       while (GET_CODE (op0) == SUBREG)
                   1721:        op0 = SUBREG_REG (op0);
                   1722:       if (GET_CODE (op0) == REG)
                   1723:        {
                   1724:          register int r = REGNO (op0);
                   1725:          /* See if this reg overlaps range under consideration.  */
                   1726:          if (r < end_regno
                   1727:              && r + HARD_REGNO_NREGS (r, GET_MODE (op0)) > beg_regno)
                   1728:            return 1;
                   1729:        }
                   1730:     }
                   1731:   else if (GET_CODE (x) == PARALLEL)
                   1732:     {
                   1733:       register int i = XVECLEN (x, 0) - 1;
                   1734:       for (; i >= 0; i--)
                   1735:        if (hard_reg_set_here_p (beg_regno, end_regno, XVECEXP (x, 0, i)))
                   1736:          return 1;
                   1737:     }
                   1738: 
                   1739:   return 0;
                   1740: }
                   1741: 
                   1742: /* Return 1 if ADDR is a valid memory address for mode MODE,
                   1743:    and check that each pseudo reg has the proper kind of
                   1744:    hard reg.  */
                   1745: 
                   1746: int
                   1747: strict_memory_address_p (mode, addr)
                   1748:      enum machine_mode mode;
                   1749:      register rtx addr;
                   1750: {
                   1751:   GO_IF_LEGITIMATE_ADDRESS (mode, addr, win);
                   1752:   return 0;
                   1753: 
                   1754:  win:
                   1755:   return 1;
                   1756: }
                   1757: 
                   1758: /* Like rtx_equal_p except that it allows a REG and a SUBREG to match
                   1759:    if they are the same hard reg, and has special hacks for
                   1760:    autoincrement and autodecrement.
                   1761:    This is specifically intended for find_reloads to use
                   1762:    in determining whether two operands match.
                   1763:    X is the operand whose number is the lower of the two.
                   1764: 
                   1765:    The value is 2 if Y contains a pre-increment that matches
                   1766:    a non-incrementing address in X.  */
                   1767: 
                   1768: /* ??? To be completely correct, we should arrange to pass
                   1769:    for X the output operand and for Y the input operand.
                   1770:    For now, we assume that the output operand has the lower number
                   1771:    because that is natural in (SET output (... input ...)).  */
                   1772: 
                   1773: int
                   1774: operands_match_p (x, y)
                   1775:      register rtx x, y;
                   1776: {
                   1777:   register int i;
                   1778:   register RTX_CODE code = GET_CODE (x);
                   1779:   register char *fmt;
                   1780:   int success_2;
                   1781:       
                   1782:   if (x == y)
                   1783:     return 1;
                   1784:   if ((code == REG || (code == SUBREG && GET_CODE (SUBREG_REG (x)) == REG))
                   1785:       && (GET_CODE (y) == REG || (GET_CODE (y) == SUBREG
                   1786:                                  && GET_CODE (SUBREG_REG (y)) == REG)))
                   1787:     {
                   1788:       register int j;
                   1789: 
                   1790:       if (code == SUBREG)
                   1791:        {
                   1792:          i = REGNO (SUBREG_REG (x));
                   1793:          if (i >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
                   1794:            goto slow;
                   1795:          i += SUBREG_WORD (x);
                   1796:        }
                   1797:       else
                   1798:        i = REGNO (x);
                   1799: 
                   1800:       if (GET_CODE (y) == SUBREG)
                   1801:        {
                   1802:          j = REGNO (SUBREG_REG (y));
                   1803:          if (j >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
                   1804:            goto slow;
                   1805:          j += SUBREG_WORD (y);
                   1806:        }
                   1807:       else
                   1808:        j = REGNO (y);
                   1809: 
1.1.1.5   root     1810:       /* On a WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN machine, point to the last register of a
                   1811:         multiple hard register group, so that for example (reg:DI 0) and
                   1812:         (reg:SI 1) will be considered the same register.  */
                   1813:       if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN && GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x)) > UNITS_PER_WORD
                   1814:          && i < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
                   1815:        i += (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x)) / UNITS_PER_WORD) - 1;
                   1816:       if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN && GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (y)) > UNITS_PER_WORD
                   1817:          && j < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
                   1818:        j += (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (y)) / UNITS_PER_WORD) - 1;
                   1819: 
1.1       root     1820:       return i == j;
                   1821:     }
                   1822:   /* If two operands must match, because they are really a single
                   1823:      operand of an assembler insn, then two postincrements are invalid
                   1824:      because the assembler insn would increment only once.
                   1825:      On the other hand, an postincrement matches ordinary indexing
                   1826:      if the postincrement is the output operand.  */
                   1827:   if (code == POST_DEC || code == POST_INC)
                   1828:     return operands_match_p (XEXP (x, 0), y);
                   1829:   /* Two preincrements are invalid
                   1830:      because the assembler insn would increment only once.
                   1831:      On the other hand, an preincrement matches ordinary indexing
                   1832:      if the preincrement is the input operand.
                   1833:      In this case, return 2, since some callers need to do special
                   1834:      things when this happens.  */
                   1835:   if (GET_CODE (y) == PRE_DEC || GET_CODE (y) == PRE_INC)
                   1836:     return operands_match_p (x, XEXP (y, 0)) ? 2 : 0;
                   1837: 
                   1838:  slow:
                   1839: 
                   1840:   /* Now we have disposed of all the cases 
                   1841:      in which different rtx codes can match.  */
                   1842:   if (code != GET_CODE (y))
                   1843:     return 0;
                   1844:   if (code == LABEL_REF)
                   1845:     return XEXP (x, 0) == XEXP (y, 0);
                   1846:   if (code == SYMBOL_REF)
                   1847:     return XSTR (x, 0) == XSTR (y, 0);
                   1848: 
                   1849:   /* (MULT:SI x y) and (MULT:HI x y) are NOT equivalent.  */
                   1850: 
                   1851:   if (GET_MODE (x) != GET_MODE (y))
                   1852:     return 0;
                   1853: 
                   1854:   /* Compare the elements.  If any pair of corresponding elements
                   1855:      fail to match, return 0 for the whole things.  */
                   1856: 
                   1857:   success_2 = 0;
                   1858:   fmt = GET_RTX_FORMAT (code);
                   1859:   for (i = GET_RTX_LENGTH (code) - 1; i >= 0; i--)
                   1860:     {
                   1861:       int val;
                   1862:       switch (fmt[i])
                   1863:        {
1.1.1.4   root     1864:        case 'w':
                   1865:          if (XWINT (x, i) != XWINT (y, i))
                   1866:            return 0;
                   1867:          break;
                   1868: 
1.1       root     1869:        case 'i':
                   1870:          if (XINT (x, i) != XINT (y, i))
                   1871:            return 0;
                   1872:          break;
                   1873: 
                   1874:        case 'e':
                   1875:          val = operands_match_p (XEXP (x, i), XEXP (y, i));
                   1876:          if (val == 0)
                   1877:            return 0;
                   1878:          /* If any subexpression returns 2,
                   1879:             we should return 2 if we are successful.  */
                   1880:          if (val == 2)
                   1881:            success_2 = 1;
                   1882:          break;
                   1883: 
                   1884:        case '0':
                   1885:          break;
                   1886: 
                   1887:          /* It is believed that rtx's at this level will never
                   1888:             contain anything but integers and other rtx's,
                   1889:             except for within LABEL_REFs and SYMBOL_REFs.  */
                   1890:        default:
                   1891:          abort ();
                   1892:        }
                   1893:     }
                   1894:   return 1 + success_2;
                   1895: }
                   1896: 
                   1897: /* Return the number of times character C occurs in string S.  */
                   1898: 
1.1.1.4   root     1899: int
1.1       root     1900: n_occurrences (c, s)
1.1.1.7 ! root     1901:      int c;
1.1       root     1902:      char *s;
                   1903: {
                   1904:   int n = 0;
                   1905:   while (*s)
                   1906:     n += (*s++ == c);
                   1907:   return n;
                   1908: }
                   1909: 
                   1910: /* Describe the range of registers or memory referenced by X.
                   1911:    If X is a register, set REG_FLAG and put the first register 
                   1912:    number into START and the last plus one into END.
                   1913:    If X is a memory reference, put a base address into BASE 
                   1914:    and a range of integer offsets into START and END.
                   1915:    If X is pushing on the stack, we can assume it causes no trouble, 
                   1916:    so we set the SAFE field.  */
                   1917: 
                   1918: static struct decomposition
                   1919: decompose (x)
                   1920:      rtx x;
                   1921: {
                   1922:   struct decomposition val;
                   1923:   int all_const = 0;
                   1924: 
                   1925:   val.reg_flag = 0;
                   1926:   val.safe = 0;
                   1927:   if (GET_CODE (x) == MEM)
                   1928:     {
                   1929:       rtx base, offset = 0;
                   1930:       rtx addr = XEXP (x, 0);
                   1931: 
                   1932:       if (GET_CODE (addr) == PRE_DEC || GET_CODE (addr) == PRE_INC
                   1933:          || GET_CODE (addr) == POST_DEC || GET_CODE (addr) == POST_INC)
                   1934:        {
                   1935:          val.base = XEXP (addr, 0);
                   1936:          val.start = - GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x));
                   1937:          val.end = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x));
                   1938:          val.safe = REGNO (val.base) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM;
                   1939:          return val;
                   1940:        }
                   1941: 
                   1942:       if (GET_CODE (addr) == CONST)
                   1943:        {
                   1944:          addr = XEXP (addr, 0);
                   1945:          all_const = 1;
                   1946:        }
                   1947:       if (GET_CODE (addr) == PLUS)
                   1948:        {
                   1949:          if (CONSTANT_P (XEXP (addr, 0)))
                   1950:            {
                   1951:              base = XEXP (addr, 1);
                   1952:              offset = XEXP (addr, 0);
                   1953:            }
                   1954:          else if (CONSTANT_P (XEXP (addr, 1)))
                   1955:            {
                   1956:              base = XEXP (addr, 0);
                   1957:              offset = XEXP (addr, 1);
                   1958:            }
                   1959:        }
                   1960: 
                   1961:       if (offset == 0)
                   1962:        {
                   1963:          base = addr;
                   1964:          offset = const0_rtx;
                   1965:        } 
                   1966:       if (GET_CODE (offset) == CONST)
                   1967:        offset = XEXP (offset, 0);
                   1968:       if (GET_CODE (offset) == PLUS)
                   1969:        {
                   1970:          if (GET_CODE (XEXP (offset, 0)) == CONST_INT)
                   1971:            {
                   1972:              base = gen_rtx (PLUS, GET_MODE (base), base, XEXP (offset, 1));
                   1973:              offset = XEXP (offset, 0);
                   1974:            }
                   1975:          else if (GET_CODE (XEXP (offset, 1)) == CONST_INT)
                   1976:            {
                   1977:              base = gen_rtx (PLUS, GET_MODE (base), base, XEXP (offset, 0));
                   1978:              offset = XEXP (offset, 1);
                   1979:            }
                   1980:          else
                   1981:            {
                   1982:              base = gen_rtx (PLUS, GET_MODE (base), base, offset);
                   1983:              offset = const0_rtx;
                   1984:            }
                   1985:        }
                   1986:       else if (GET_CODE (offset) != CONST_INT)
                   1987:        {
                   1988:          base = gen_rtx (PLUS, GET_MODE (base), base, offset);
                   1989:          offset = const0_rtx;
                   1990:        }
                   1991: 
                   1992:       if (all_const && GET_CODE (base) == PLUS)
                   1993:        base = gen_rtx (CONST, GET_MODE (base), base);
                   1994: 
                   1995:       if (GET_CODE (offset) != CONST_INT)
                   1996:        abort ();
                   1997: 
                   1998:       val.start = INTVAL (offset);
                   1999:       val.end = val.start + GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x));
                   2000:       val.base = base;
                   2001:       return val;
                   2002:     }
                   2003:   else if (GET_CODE (x) == REG)
                   2004:     {
                   2005:       val.reg_flag = 1;
                   2006:       val.start = true_regnum (x); 
                   2007:       if (val.start < 0)
                   2008:        {
                   2009:          /* A pseudo with no hard reg.  */
                   2010:          val.start = REGNO (x);
                   2011:          val.end = val.start + 1;
                   2012:        }
                   2013:       else
                   2014:        /* A hard reg.  */
                   2015:        val.end = val.start + HARD_REGNO_NREGS (val.start, GET_MODE (x));
                   2016:     }
                   2017:   else if (GET_CODE (x) == SUBREG)
                   2018:     {
                   2019:       if (GET_CODE (SUBREG_REG (x)) != REG)
                   2020:        /* This could be more precise, but it's good enough.  */
                   2021:        return decompose (SUBREG_REG (x));
                   2022:       val.reg_flag = 1;
                   2023:       val.start = true_regnum (x); 
                   2024:       if (val.start < 0)
                   2025:        return decompose (SUBREG_REG (x));
                   2026:       else
                   2027:        /* A hard reg.  */
                   2028:        val.end = val.start + HARD_REGNO_NREGS (val.start, GET_MODE (x));
                   2029:     }
                   2030:   else if (CONSTANT_P (x)
                   2031:           /* This hasn't been assigned yet, so it can't conflict yet.  */
                   2032:           || GET_CODE (x) == SCRATCH)
                   2033:     val.safe = 1;
                   2034:   else
                   2035:     abort ();
                   2036:   return val;
                   2037: }
                   2038: 
                   2039: /* Return 1 if altering Y will not modify the value of X.
                   2040:    Y is also described by YDATA, which should be decompose (Y).  */
                   2041: 
                   2042: static int
                   2043: immune_p (x, y, ydata)
                   2044:      rtx x, y;
                   2045:      struct decomposition ydata;
                   2046: {
                   2047:   struct decomposition xdata;
                   2048: 
                   2049:   if (ydata.reg_flag)
1.1.1.4   root     2050:     return !refers_to_regno_for_reload_p (ydata.start, ydata.end, x, NULL_PTR);
1.1       root     2051:   if (ydata.safe)
                   2052:     return 1;
                   2053: 
                   2054:   if (GET_CODE (y) != MEM)
                   2055:     abort ();
                   2056:   /* If Y is memory and X is not, Y can't affect X.  */
                   2057:   if (GET_CODE (x) != MEM)
                   2058:     return 1;
                   2059: 
                   2060:   xdata =  decompose (x);
                   2061: 
                   2062:   if (! rtx_equal_p (xdata.base, ydata.base))
                   2063:     {
                   2064:       /* If bases are distinct symbolic constants, there is no overlap.  */
                   2065:       if (CONSTANT_P (xdata.base) && CONSTANT_P (ydata.base))
                   2066:        return 1;
                   2067:       /* Constants and stack slots never overlap.  */
                   2068:       if (CONSTANT_P (xdata.base)
                   2069:          && (ydata.base == frame_pointer_rtx
1.1.1.6   root     2070:              || ydata.base == hard_frame_pointer_rtx
1.1       root     2071:              || ydata.base == stack_pointer_rtx))
                   2072:        return 1;
                   2073:       if (CONSTANT_P (ydata.base)
                   2074:          && (xdata.base == frame_pointer_rtx
1.1.1.6   root     2075:              || xdata.base == hard_frame_pointer_rtx
1.1       root     2076:              || xdata.base == stack_pointer_rtx))
                   2077:        return 1;
                   2078:       /* If either base is variable, we don't know anything.  */
                   2079:       return 0;
                   2080:     }
                   2081: 
                   2082: 
                   2083:   return (xdata.start >= ydata.end || ydata.start >= xdata.end);
                   2084: }
1.1.1.3   root     2085: 
1.1.1.4   root     2086: /* Similar, but calls decompose.  */
1.1.1.3   root     2087: 
                   2088: int
                   2089: safe_from_earlyclobber (op, clobber)
                   2090:      rtx op, clobber;
                   2091: {
                   2092:   struct decomposition early_data;
                   2093: 
                   2094:   early_data = decompose (clobber);
                   2095:   return immune_p (op, clobber, early_data);
                   2096: }
1.1       root     2097: 
                   2098: /* Main entry point of this file: search the body of INSN
                   2099:    for values that need reloading and record them with push_reload.
                   2100:    REPLACE nonzero means record also where the values occur
                   2101:    so that subst_reloads can be used.
                   2102: 
                   2103:    IND_LEVELS says how many levels of indirection are supported by this
                   2104:    machine; a value of zero means that a memory reference is not a valid
                   2105:    memory address.
                   2106: 
                   2107:    LIVE_KNOWN says we have valid information about which hard
                   2108:    regs are live at each point in the program; this is true when
                   2109:    we are called from global_alloc but false when stupid register
                   2110:    allocation has been done.
                   2111: 
                   2112:    RELOAD_REG_P if nonzero is a vector indexed by hard reg number
                   2113:    which is nonnegative if the reg has been commandeered for reloading into.
                   2114:    It is copied into STATIC_RELOAD_REG_P and referenced from there
                   2115:    by various subroutines.  */
                   2116: 
                   2117: void
                   2118: find_reloads (insn, replace, ind_levels, live_known, reload_reg_p)
                   2119:      rtx insn;
                   2120:      int replace, ind_levels;
                   2121:      int live_known;
                   2122:      short *reload_reg_p;
                   2123: {
                   2124: #ifdef REGISTER_CONSTRAINTS
                   2125: 
                   2126:   register int insn_code_number;
1.1.1.5   root     2127:   register int i, j;
1.1       root     2128:   int noperands;
                   2129:   /* These are the constraints for the insn.  We don't change them.  */
                   2130:   char *constraints1[MAX_RECOG_OPERANDS];
                   2131:   /* These start out as the constraints for the insn
                   2132:      and they are chewed up as we consider alternatives.  */
                   2133:   char *constraints[MAX_RECOG_OPERANDS];
                   2134:   /* These are the preferred classes for an operand, or NO_REGS if it isn't
                   2135:      a register.  */
                   2136:   enum reg_class preferred_class[MAX_RECOG_OPERANDS];
                   2137:   char pref_or_nothing[MAX_RECOG_OPERANDS];
                   2138:   /* Nonzero for a MEM operand whose entire address needs a reload.  */
                   2139:   int address_reloaded[MAX_RECOG_OPERANDS];
1.1.1.5   root     2140:   /* Value of enum reload_type to use for operand.  */
                   2141:   enum reload_type operand_type[MAX_RECOG_OPERANDS];
                   2142:   /* Value of enum reload_type to use within address of operand.  */
                   2143:   enum reload_type address_type[MAX_RECOG_OPERANDS];
                   2144:   /* Save the usage of each operand.  */
                   2145:   enum reload_usage { RELOAD_READ, RELOAD_READ_WRITE, RELOAD_WRITE } modified[MAX_RECOG_OPERANDS];
1.1       root     2146:   int no_input_reloads = 0, no_output_reloads = 0;
                   2147:   int n_alternatives;
                   2148:   int this_alternative[MAX_RECOG_OPERANDS];
                   2149:   char this_alternative_win[MAX_RECOG_OPERANDS];
                   2150:   char this_alternative_offmemok[MAX_RECOG_OPERANDS];
                   2151:   char this_alternative_earlyclobber[MAX_RECOG_OPERANDS];
                   2152:   int this_alternative_matches[MAX_RECOG_OPERANDS];
                   2153:   int swapped;
                   2154:   int goal_alternative[MAX_RECOG_OPERANDS];
                   2155:   int this_alternative_number;
                   2156:   int goal_alternative_number;
                   2157:   int operand_reloadnum[MAX_RECOG_OPERANDS];
                   2158:   int goal_alternative_matches[MAX_RECOG_OPERANDS];
                   2159:   int goal_alternative_matched[MAX_RECOG_OPERANDS];
                   2160:   char goal_alternative_win[MAX_RECOG_OPERANDS];
                   2161:   char goal_alternative_offmemok[MAX_RECOG_OPERANDS];
                   2162:   char goal_alternative_earlyclobber[MAX_RECOG_OPERANDS];
                   2163:   int goal_alternative_swapped;
                   2164:   int best;
                   2165:   int commutative;
                   2166:   char operands_match[MAX_RECOG_OPERANDS][MAX_RECOG_OPERANDS];
                   2167:   rtx substed_operand[MAX_RECOG_OPERANDS];
                   2168:   rtx body = PATTERN (insn);
                   2169:   rtx set = single_set (insn);
                   2170:   int goal_earlyclobber, this_earlyclobber;
                   2171:   enum machine_mode operand_mode[MAX_RECOG_OPERANDS];
                   2172: 
                   2173:   this_insn = insn;
                   2174:   this_insn_is_asm = 0;                /* Tentative.  */
                   2175:   n_reloads = 0;
                   2176:   n_replacements = 0;
                   2177:   n_memlocs = 0;
                   2178:   n_earlyclobbers = 0;
                   2179:   replace_reloads = replace;
                   2180:   hard_regs_live_known = live_known;
                   2181:   static_reload_reg_p = reload_reg_p;
                   2182: 
                   2183:   /* JUMP_INSNs and CALL_INSNs are not allowed to have any output reloads;
                   2184:      neither are insns that SET cc0.  Insns that use CC0 are not allowed
                   2185:      to have any input reloads.  */
                   2186:   if (GET_CODE (insn) == JUMP_INSN || GET_CODE (insn) == CALL_INSN)
                   2187:     no_output_reloads = 1;
                   2188: 
                   2189: #ifdef HAVE_cc0
                   2190:   if (reg_referenced_p (cc0_rtx, PATTERN (insn)))
                   2191:     no_input_reloads = 1;
                   2192:   if (reg_set_p (cc0_rtx, PATTERN (insn)))
                   2193:     no_output_reloads = 1;
                   2194: #endif
                   2195:      
1.1.1.4   root     2196: #ifdef SECONDARY_MEMORY_NEEDED
                   2197:   /* The eliminated forms of any secondary memory locations are per-insn, so
                   2198:      clear them out here.  */
                   2199: 
1.1.1.7 ! root     2200:   bzero ((char *) secondary_memlocs_elim, sizeof secondary_memlocs_elim);
1.1.1.4   root     2201: #endif
                   2202: 
1.1       root     2203:   /* Find what kind of insn this is.  NOPERANDS gets number of operands.
                   2204:      Make OPERANDS point to a vector of operand values.
                   2205:      Make OPERAND_LOCS point to a vector of pointers to
                   2206:      where the operands were found.
                   2207:      Fill CONSTRAINTS and CONSTRAINTS1 with pointers to the
                   2208:      constraint-strings for this insn.
                   2209:      Return if the insn needs no reload processing.  */
                   2210: 
                   2211:   switch (GET_CODE (body))
                   2212:     {
                   2213:     case USE:
                   2214:     case CLOBBER:
                   2215:     case ASM_INPUT:
                   2216:     case ADDR_VEC:
                   2217:     case ADDR_DIFF_VEC:
                   2218:       return;
                   2219: 
                   2220:     case SET:
                   2221:       /* Dispose quickly of (set (reg..) (reg..)) if both have hard regs and it
                   2222:         is cheap to move between them.  If it is not, there may not be an insn
                   2223:         to do the copy, so we may need a reload.  */
                   2224:       if (GET_CODE (SET_DEST (body)) == REG
                   2225:          && REGNO (SET_DEST (body)) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
                   2226:          && GET_CODE (SET_SRC (body)) == REG
                   2227:          && REGNO (SET_SRC (body)) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
                   2228:          && REGISTER_MOVE_COST (REGNO_REG_CLASS (REGNO (SET_SRC (body))),
                   2229:                                 REGNO_REG_CLASS (REGNO (SET_DEST (body)))) == 2)
                   2230:        return;
                   2231:     case PARALLEL:
                   2232:     case ASM_OPERANDS:
1.1.1.5   root     2233:       reload_n_operands = noperands = asm_noperands (body);
1.1       root     2234:       if (noperands >= 0)
                   2235:        {
                   2236:          /* This insn is an `asm' with operands.  */
                   2237: 
                   2238:          insn_code_number = -1;
                   2239:          this_insn_is_asm = 1;
                   2240: 
                   2241:          /* expand_asm_operands makes sure there aren't too many operands.  */
                   2242:          if (noperands > MAX_RECOG_OPERANDS)
                   2243:            abort ();
                   2244: 
                   2245:          /* Now get the operand values and constraints out of the insn.  */
                   2246: 
                   2247:          decode_asm_operands (body, recog_operand, recog_operand_loc,
                   2248:                               constraints, operand_mode);
                   2249:          if (noperands > 0)
                   2250:            {
1.1.1.7 ! root     2251:              bcopy ((char *) constraints, (char *) constraints1,
        !          2252:                     noperands * sizeof (char *));
1.1       root     2253:              n_alternatives = n_occurrences (',', constraints[0]) + 1;
                   2254:              for (i = 1; i < noperands; i++)
1.1.1.2   root     2255:                if (n_alternatives != n_occurrences (',', constraints[i]) + 1)
1.1       root     2256:                  {
                   2257:                    error_for_asm (insn, "operand constraints differ in number of alternatives");
                   2258:                    /* Avoid further trouble with this insn.  */
                   2259:                    PATTERN (insn) = gen_rtx (USE, VOIDmode, const0_rtx);
                   2260:                    n_reloads = 0;
                   2261:                    return;
                   2262:                  }
                   2263:            }
                   2264:          break;
                   2265:        }
                   2266: 
                   2267:     default:
                   2268:       /* Ordinary insn: recognize it, get the operands via insn_extract
                   2269:         and get the constraints.  */
                   2270: 
                   2271:       insn_code_number = recog_memoized (insn);
                   2272:       if (insn_code_number < 0)
                   2273:        fatal_insn_not_found (insn);
                   2274: 
1.1.1.5   root     2275:       reload_n_operands = noperands = insn_n_operands[insn_code_number];
1.1       root     2276:       n_alternatives = insn_n_alternatives[insn_code_number];
                   2277:       /* Just return "no reloads" if insn has no operands with constraints.  */
                   2278:       if (n_alternatives == 0)
                   2279:        return;
                   2280:       insn_extract (insn);
                   2281:       for (i = 0; i < noperands; i++)
                   2282:        {
                   2283:          constraints[i] = constraints1[i]
                   2284:            = insn_operand_constraint[insn_code_number][i];
                   2285:          operand_mode[i] = insn_operand_mode[insn_code_number][i];
                   2286:        }
                   2287:     }
                   2288: 
                   2289:   if (noperands == 0)
                   2290:     return;
                   2291: 
                   2292:   commutative = -1;
                   2293: 
                   2294:   /* If we will need to know, later, whether some pair of operands
                   2295:      are the same, we must compare them now and save the result.
                   2296:      Reloading the base and index registers will clobber them
                   2297:      and afterward they will fail to match.  */
                   2298: 
                   2299:   for (i = 0; i < noperands; i++)
                   2300:     {
                   2301:       register char *p;
                   2302:       register int c;
                   2303: 
                   2304:       substed_operand[i] = recog_operand[i];
                   2305:       p = constraints[i];
                   2306: 
1.1.1.5   root     2307:       modified[i] = RELOAD_READ;
                   2308: 
                   2309:       /* Scan this operand's constraint to see if it is an output operand, 
                   2310:         an in-out operand, is commutative, or should match another.  */
1.1       root     2311: 
                   2312:       while (c = *p++)
1.1.1.5   root     2313:        {
                   2314:          if (c == '=')
                   2315:            modified[i] = RELOAD_WRITE;
                   2316:          else if (c == '+')
                   2317:            modified[i] = RELOAD_READ_WRITE;
                   2318:          else if (c == '%')
                   2319:            {
                   2320:              /* The last operand should not be marked commutative.  */
                   2321:              if (i == noperands - 1)
                   2322:                {
                   2323:                  if (this_insn_is_asm)
                   2324:                    warning_for_asm (this_insn,
                   2325:                                     "`%%' constraint used with last operand");
                   2326:                  else
                   2327:                    abort ();
                   2328:                }
                   2329:              else
                   2330:                commutative = i;
                   2331:            }
                   2332:          else if (c >= '0' && c <= '9')
                   2333:            {
                   2334:              c -= '0';
                   2335:              operands_match[c][i]
                   2336:                = operands_match_p (recog_operand[c], recog_operand[i]);
1.1.1.4   root     2337: 
1.1.1.5   root     2338:              /* An operand may not match itself.  */
                   2339:              if (c == i)
                   2340:                {
                   2341:                  if (this_insn_is_asm)
                   2342:                    warning_for_asm (this_insn,
                   2343:                                     "operand %d has constraint %d", i, c);
                   2344:                  else
                   2345:                    abort ();
                   2346:                }
1.1.1.4   root     2347: 
1.1.1.5   root     2348:              /* If C can be commuted with C+1, and C might need to match I,
                   2349:                 then C+1 might also need to match I.  */
                   2350:              if (commutative >= 0)
                   2351:                {
                   2352:                  if (c == commutative || c == commutative + 1)
                   2353:                    {
                   2354:                      int other = c + (c == commutative ? 1 : -1);
                   2355:                      operands_match[other][i]
                   2356:                        = operands_match_p (recog_operand[other], recog_operand[i]);
                   2357:                    }
                   2358:                  if (i == commutative || i == commutative + 1)
                   2359:                    {
                   2360:                      int other = i + (i == commutative ? 1 : -1);
                   2361:                      operands_match[c][other]
                   2362:                        = operands_match_p (recog_operand[c], recog_operand[other]);
                   2363:                    }
                   2364:                  /* Note that C is supposed to be less than I.
                   2365:                     No need to consider altering both C and I because in
                   2366:                     that case we would alter one into the other.  */
                   2367:                }
                   2368:            }
                   2369:        }
1.1       root     2370:     }
                   2371: 
                   2372:   /* Examine each operand that is a memory reference or memory address
                   2373:      and reload parts of the addresses into index registers.
                   2374:      Also here any references to pseudo regs that didn't get hard regs
                   2375:      but are equivalent to constants get replaced in the insn itself
                   2376:      with those constants.  Nobody will ever see them again. 
                   2377: 
                   2378:      Finally, set up the preferred classes of each operand.  */
                   2379: 
                   2380:   for (i = 0; i < noperands; i++)
                   2381:     {
                   2382:       register RTX_CODE code = GET_CODE (recog_operand[i]);
1.1.1.5   root     2383: 
1.1       root     2384:       address_reloaded[i] = 0;
1.1.1.5   root     2385:       operand_type[i] = (modified[i] == RELOAD_READ ? RELOAD_FOR_INPUT
                   2386:                         : modified[i] == RELOAD_WRITE ? RELOAD_FOR_OUTPUT
                   2387:                         : RELOAD_OTHER);
                   2388:       address_type[i]
                   2389:        = (modified[i] == RELOAD_READ ? RELOAD_FOR_INPUT_ADDRESS
                   2390:           : modified[i] == RELOAD_WRITE ? RELOAD_FOR_OUTPUT_ADDRESS
                   2391:           : RELOAD_OTHER);
1.1       root     2392: 
1.1.1.6   root     2393:       if (*constraints[i] == 0)
                   2394:        /* Ignore things like match_operator operands.  */
                   2395:        ;
                   2396:       else if (constraints[i][0] == 'p')
1.1       root     2397:        {
1.1.1.4   root     2398:          find_reloads_address (VOIDmode, NULL_PTR,
1.1       root     2399:                                recog_operand[i], recog_operand_loc[i],
1.1.1.5   root     2400:                                i, operand_type[i], ind_levels);
1.1       root     2401:          substed_operand[i] = recog_operand[i] = *recog_operand_loc[i];
                   2402:        }
                   2403:       else if (code == MEM)
                   2404:        {
                   2405:          if (find_reloads_address (GET_MODE (recog_operand[i]),
                   2406:                                    recog_operand_loc[i],
                   2407:                                    XEXP (recog_operand[i], 0),
                   2408:                                    &XEXP (recog_operand[i], 0),
1.1.1.5   root     2409:                                    i, address_type[i], ind_levels))
1.1       root     2410:            address_reloaded[i] = 1;
                   2411:          substed_operand[i] = recog_operand[i] = *recog_operand_loc[i];
                   2412:        }
                   2413:       else if (code == SUBREG)
                   2414:        substed_operand[i] = recog_operand[i] = *recog_operand_loc[i]
1.1.1.5   root     2415:          = find_reloads_toplev (recog_operand[i], i, address_type[i],
                   2416:                                 ind_levels,
1.1       root     2417:                                 set != 0
                   2418:                                 && &SET_DEST (set) == recog_operand_loc[i]);
1.1.1.6   root     2419:       else if (code == PLUS)
                   2420:        /* We can get a PLUS as an "operand" as a result of
1.1.1.7 ! root     2421:           register elimination.  See eliminate_regs and gen_reload.  */
1.1.1.6   root     2422:        substed_operand[i] = recog_operand[i] = *recog_operand_loc[i]
                   2423:          = find_reloads_toplev (recog_operand[i], i, address_type[i],
                   2424:                                 ind_levels, 0);
1.1       root     2425:       else if (code == REG)
                   2426:        {
                   2427:          /* This is equivalent to calling find_reloads_toplev.
                   2428:             The code is duplicated for speed.
                   2429:             When we find a pseudo always equivalent to a constant,
                   2430:             we replace it by the constant.  We must be sure, however,
                   2431:             that we don't try to replace it in the insn in which it
                   2432:             is being set.   */
                   2433:          register int regno = REGNO (recog_operand[i]);
                   2434:          if (reg_equiv_constant[regno] != 0
                   2435:              && (set == 0 || &SET_DEST (set) != recog_operand_loc[i]))
                   2436:            substed_operand[i] = recog_operand[i]
                   2437:              = reg_equiv_constant[regno];
                   2438: #if 0 /* This might screw code in reload1.c to delete prior output-reload
                   2439:         that feeds this insn.  */
                   2440:          if (reg_equiv_mem[regno] != 0)
                   2441:            substed_operand[i] = recog_operand[i]
                   2442:              = reg_equiv_mem[regno];
                   2443: #endif
                   2444:          if (reg_equiv_address[regno] != 0)
                   2445:            {
                   2446:              /* If reg_equiv_address is not a constant address, copy it,
                   2447:                 since it may be shared.  */
                   2448:              rtx address = reg_equiv_address[regno];
                   2449: 
                   2450:              if (rtx_varies_p (address))
                   2451:                address = copy_rtx (address);
                   2452: 
                   2453:              /* If this is an output operand, we must output a CLOBBER
1.1.1.5   root     2454:                 after INSN so find_equiv_reg knows REGNO is being written. 
                   2455:                 Mark this insn specially, do we can put our output reloads
                   2456:                 after it.  */
                   2457: 
                   2458:              if (modified[i] != RELOAD_READ)
                   2459:                PUT_MODE (emit_insn_after (gen_rtx (CLOBBER, VOIDmode,
                   2460:                                                    recog_operand[i]),
                   2461:                                           insn),
                   2462:                          DImode);
1.1       root     2463: 
                   2464:              *recog_operand_loc[i] = recog_operand[i]
                   2465:                = gen_rtx (MEM, GET_MODE (recog_operand[i]), address);
                   2466:              RTX_UNCHANGING_P (recog_operand[i])
                   2467:                = RTX_UNCHANGING_P (regno_reg_rtx[regno]);
                   2468:              find_reloads_address (GET_MODE (recog_operand[i]),
                   2469:                                    recog_operand_loc[i],
                   2470:                                    XEXP (recog_operand[i], 0),
                   2471:                                    &XEXP (recog_operand[i], 0),
1.1.1.5   root     2472:                                    i, address_type[i], ind_levels);
1.1       root     2473:              substed_operand[i] = recog_operand[i] = *recog_operand_loc[i];
                   2474:            }
                   2475:        }
1.1.1.3   root     2476:       /* If the operand is still a register (we didn't replace it with an
                   2477:         equivalent), get the preferred class to reload it into.  */
                   2478:       code = GET_CODE (recog_operand[i]);
                   2479:       preferred_class[i]
1.1.1.4   root     2480:        = ((code == REG && REGNO (recog_operand[i]) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
1.1.1.3   root     2481:           ? reg_preferred_class (REGNO (recog_operand[i])) : NO_REGS);
                   2482:       pref_or_nothing[i]
1.1.1.4   root     2483:        = (code == REG && REGNO (recog_operand[i]) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
                   2484:           && reg_alternate_class (REGNO (recog_operand[i])) == NO_REGS);
1.1       root     2485:     }
                   2486: 
                   2487:   /* If this is simply a copy from operand 1 to operand 0, merge the
                   2488:      preferred classes for the operands.  */
                   2489:   if (set != 0 && noperands >= 2 && recog_operand[0] == SET_DEST (set)
                   2490:       && recog_operand[1] == SET_SRC (set))
                   2491:     {
                   2492:       preferred_class[0] = preferred_class[1]
                   2493:        = reg_class_subunion[(int) preferred_class[0]][(int) preferred_class[1]];
                   2494:       pref_or_nothing[0] |= pref_or_nothing[1];
                   2495:       pref_or_nothing[1] |= pref_or_nothing[0];
                   2496:     }
                   2497: 
                   2498:   /* Now see what we need for pseudo-regs that didn't get hard regs
                   2499:      or got the wrong kind of hard reg.  For this, we must consider
                   2500:      all the operands together against the register constraints.  */
                   2501: 
                   2502:   best = MAX_RECOG_OPERANDS + 300;
                   2503: 
                   2504:   swapped = 0;
                   2505:   goal_alternative_swapped = 0;
                   2506:  try_swapped:
                   2507: 
                   2508:   /* The constraints are made of several alternatives.
                   2509:      Each operand's constraint looks like foo,bar,... with commas
                   2510:      separating the alternatives.  The first alternatives for all
                   2511:      operands go together, the second alternatives go together, etc.
                   2512: 
                   2513:      First loop over alternatives.  */
                   2514: 
                   2515:   for (this_alternative_number = 0;
                   2516:        this_alternative_number < n_alternatives;
                   2517:        this_alternative_number++)
                   2518:     {
                   2519:       /* Loop over operands for one constraint alternative.  */
                   2520:       /* LOSERS counts those that don't fit this alternative
                   2521:         and would require loading.  */
                   2522:       int losers = 0;
                   2523:       /* BAD is set to 1 if it some operand can't fit this alternative
                   2524:         even after reloading.  */
                   2525:       int bad = 0;
                   2526:       /* REJECT is a count of how undesirable this alternative says it is
                   2527:         if any reloading is required.  If the alternative matches exactly
                   2528:         then REJECT is ignored, but otherwise it gets this much
                   2529:         counted against it in addition to the reloading needed.  Each 
                   2530:         ? counts three times here since we want the disparaging caused by
                   2531:         a bad register class to only count 1/3 as much.  */
                   2532:       int reject = 0;
                   2533: 
                   2534:       this_earlyclobber = 0;
                   2535: 
                   2536:       for (i = 0; i < noperands; i++)
                   2537:        {
                   2538:          register char *p = constraints[i];
                   2539:          register int win = 0;
                   2540:          /* 0 => this operand can be reloaded somehow for this alternative */
                   2541:          int badop = 1;
                   2542:          /* 0 => this operand can be reloaded if the alternative allows regs.  */
                   2543:          int winreg = 0;
                   2544:          int c;
                   2545:          register rtx operand = recog_operand[i];
                   2546:          int offset = 0;
                   2547:          /* Nonzero means this is a MEM that must be reloaded into a reg
                   2548:             regardless of what the constraint says.  */
                   2549:          int force_reload = 0;
                   2550:          int offmemok = 0;
1.1.1.7 ! root     2551:          /* Nonzero if a constant forced into memory would be OK for this
        !          2552:             operand.  */
        !          2553:          int constmemok = 0;
1.1       root     2554:          int earlyclobber = 0;
                   2555: 
                   2556:          /* If the operand is a SUBREG, extract
                   2557:             the REG or MEM (or maybe even a constant) within.
                   2558:             (Constants can occur as a result of reg_equiv_constant.)  */
                   2559: 
                   2560:          while (GET_CODE (operand) == SUBREG)
                   2561:            {
                   2562:              offset += SUBREG_WORD (operand);
                   2563:              operand = SUBREG_REG (operand);
1.1.1.6   root     2564:              /* Force reload if this is a constant or PLUS or if there may may
                   2565:                 be a problem accessing OPERAND in the outer mode.  */
                   2566:              if (CONSTANT_P (operand)
                   2567:                  || GET_CODE (operand) == PLUS
                   2568:                  /* We must force a reload of paradoxical SUBREGs
                   2569:                     of a MEM because the alignment of the inner value
1.1.1.7 ! root     2570:                     may not be enough to do the outer reference.  On
        !          2571:                     big-endian machines, it may also reference outside
        !          2572:                     the object.
1.1.1.6   root     2573: 
                   2574:                     On machines that extend byte operations and we have a
1.1.1.7 ! root     2575:                     SUBREG where both the inner and outer modes are no wider
        !          2576:                     than a word and the inner mode is narrower, is integral,
        !          2577:                     and gets extended when loaded from memory, combine.c has
        !          2578:                     made assumptions about the behavior of the machine in such
1.1.1.6   root     2579:                     register access.  If the data is, in fact, in memory we
                   2580:                     must always load using the size assumed to be in the
                   2581:                     register and let the insn do the different-sized 
                   2582:                     accesses.  */
                   2583:                  || ((GET_CODE (operand) == MEM
                   2584:                       || (GET_CODE (operand)== REG
                   2585:                           && REGNO (operand) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER))
                   2586:                      && (((GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (operand))
                   2587:                            < BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT)
                   2588:                           && (GET_MODE_SIZE (operand_mode[i])
                   2589:                               > GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (operand))))
1.1.1.7 ! root     2590:                          || (GET_CODE (operand) == MEM && BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN)
1.1.1.6   root     2591: #ifdef LOAD_EXTEND_OP
                   2592:                          || (GET_MODE_SIZE (operand_mode[i]) <= UNITS_PER_WORD
                   2593:                              && (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (operand))
                   2594:                                  <= UNITS_PER_WORD)
                   2595:                              && (GET_MODE_SIZE (operand_mode[i])
1.1.1.7 ! root     2596:                                  > GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (operand)))
        !          2597:                              && INTEGRAL_MODE_P (GET_MODE (operand))
        !          2598:                              && LOAD_EXTEND_OP (GET_MODE (operand)) != NIL)
1.1.1.4   root     2599: #endif
1.1.1.6   root     2600:                          ))
1.1       root     2601:                  /* Subreg of a hard reg which can't handle the subreg's mode
                   2602:                     or which would handle that mode in the wrong number of
                   2603:                     registers for subregging to work.  */
1.1.1.6   root     2604:                  || (GET_CODE (operand) == REG
                   2605:                      && REGNO (operand) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
                   2606:                      && ((GET_MODE_SIZE (operand_mode[i]) <= UNITS_PER_WORD
                   2607:                           && (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (operand))
                   2608:                               > UNITS_PER_WORD)
                   2609:                           && ((GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (operand))
                   2610:                                / UNITS_PER_WORD)
                   2611:                               != HARD_REGNO_NREGS (REGNO (operand),
                   2612:                                                    GET_MODE (operand))))
                   2613:                          || ! HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK (REGNO (operand) + offset,
                   2614:                                                   operand_mode[i]))))
1.1       root     2615:                force_reload = 1;
                   2616:            }
                   2617: 
                   2618:          this_alternative[i] = (int) NO_REGS;
                   2619:          this_alternative_win[i] = 0;
                   2620:          this_alternative_offmemok[i] = 0;
                   2621:          this_alternative_earlyclobber[i] = 0;
                   2622:          this_alternative_matches[i] = -1;
                   2623: 
                   2624:          /* An empty constraint or empty alternative
                   2625:             allows anything which matched the pattern.  */
                   2626:          if (*p == 0 || *p == ',')
                   2627:            win = 1, badop = 0;
                   2628: 
                   2629:          /* Scan this alternative's specs for this operand;
                   2630:             set WIN if the operand fits any letter in this alternative.
                   2631:             Otherwise, clear BADOP if this operand could
                   2632:             fit some letter after reloads,
                   2633:             or set WINREG if this operand could fit after reloads
                   2634:             provided the constraint allows some registers.  */
                   2635: 
                   2636:          while (*p && (c = *p++) != ',')
                   2637:            switch (c)
                   2638:              {
                   2639:              case '=':
                   2640:              case '+':
                   2641:              case '*':
                   2642:                break;
                   2643: 
                   2644:              case '%':
1.1.1.4   root     2645:                /* The last operand should not be marked commutative.  */
                   2646:                if (i != noperands - 1)
                   2647:                  commutative = i;
1.1       root     2648:                break;
                   2649: 
                   2650:              case '?':
                   2651:                reject += 3;
                   2652:                break;
                   2653: 
                   2654:              case '!':
                   2655:                reject = 300;
                   2656:                break;
                   2657: 
                   2658:              case '#':
                   2659:                /* Ignore rest of this alternative as far as
                   2660:                   reloading is concerned.  */
                   2661:                while (*p && *p != ',') p++;
                   2662:                break;
                   2663: 
                   2664:              case '0':
                   2665:              case '1':
                   2666:              case '2':
                   2667:              case '3':
                   2668:              case '4':
                   2669:                c -= '0';
                   2670:                this_alternative_matches[i] = c;
                   2671:                /* We are supposed to match a previous operand.
                   2672:                   If we do, we win if that one did.
                   2673:                   If we do not, count both of the operands as losers.
                   2674:                   (This is too conservative, since most of the time
                   2675:                   only a single reload insn will be needed to make
                   2676:                   the two operands win.  As a result, this alternative
                   2677:                   may be rejected when it is actually desirable.)  */
                   2678:                if ((swapped && (c != commutative || i != commutative + 1))
                   2679:                    /* If we are matching as if two operands were swapped,
                   2680:                       also pretend that operands_match had been computed
                   2681:                       with swapped.
                   2682:                       But if I is the second of those and C is the first,
                   2683:                       don't exchange them, because operands_match is valid
                   2684:                       only on one side of its diagonal.  */
                   2685:                    ? (operands_match
                   2686:                        [(c == commutative || c == commutative + 1)
                   2687:                         ? 2*commutative + 1 - c : c]
                   2688:                        [(i == commutative || i == commutative + 1)
                   2689:                         ? 2*commutative + 1 - i : i])
                   2690:                    : operands_match[c][i])
                   2691:                  win = this_alternative_win[c];
                   2692:                else
                   2693:                  {
                   2694:                    /* Operands don't match.  */
                   2695:                    rtx value;
                   2696:                    /* Retroactively mark the operand we had to match
                   2697:                       as a loser, if it wasn't already.  */
                   2698:                    if (this_alternative_win[c])
                   2699:                      losers++;
                   2700:                    this_alternative_win[c] = 0;
                   2701:                    if (this_alternative[c] == (int) NO_REGS)
                   2702:                      bad = 1;
                   2703:                    /* But count the pair only once in the total badness of
                   2704:                       this alternative, if the pair can be a dummy reload.  */
                   2705:                    value
                   2706:                      = find_dummy_reload (recog_operand[i], recog_operand[c],
                   2707:                                           recog_operand_loc[i], recog_operand_loc[c],
1.1.1.6   root     2708:                                           operand_mode[i], operand_mode[c],
1.1       root     2709:                                           this_alternative[c], -1);
                   2710: 
                   2711:                    if (value != 0)
                   2712:                      losers--;
                   2713:                  }
                   2714:                /* This can be fixed with reloads if the operand
                   2715:                   we are supposed to match can be fixed with reloads.  */
                   2716:                badop = 0;
                   2717:                this_alternative[i] = this_alternative[c];
1.1.1.6   root     2718: 
                   2719:                /* If we have to reload this operand and some previous
                   2720:                   operand also had to match the same thing as this
                   2721:                   operand, we don't know how to do that.  So reject this
                   2722:                   alternative.  */
                   2723:                if (! win || force_reload)
                   2724:                  for (j = 0; j < i; j++)
                   2725:                    if (this_alternative_matches[j]
                   2726:                        == this_alternative_matches[i])
                   2727:                      badop = 1;
                   2728: 
1.1       root     2729:                break;
                   2730: 
                   2731:              case 'p':
                   2732:                /* All necessary reloads for an address_operand
                   2733:                   were handled in find_reloads_address.  */
1.1.1.7 ! root     2734:                this_alternative[i] = (int) BASE_REG_CLASS;
1.1       root     2735:                win = 1;
                   2736:                break;
                   2737: 
                   2738:              case 'm':
                   2739:                if (force_reload)
                   2740:                  break;
                   2741:                if (GET_CODE (operand) == MEM
                   2742:                    || (GET_CODE (operand) == REG
                   2743:                        && REGNO (operand) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
                   2744:                        && reg_renumber[REGNO (operand)] < 0))
                   2745:                  win = 1;
                   2746:                if (CONSTANT_P (operand))
                   2747:                  badop = 0;
1.1.1.7 ! root     2748:                constmemok = 1;
1.1       root     2749:                break;
                   2750: 
                   2751:              case '<':
                   2752:                if (GET_CODE (operand) == MEM
                   2753:                    && ! address_reloaded[i]
                   2754:                    && (GET_CODE (XEXP (operand, 0)) == PRE_DEC
                   2755:                        || GET_CODE (XEXP (operand, 0)) == POST_DEC))
                   2756:                  win = 1;
                   2757:                break;
                   2758: 
                   2759:              case '>':
                   2760:                if (GET_CODE (operand) == MEM
                   2761:                    && ! address_reloaded[i]
                   2762:                    && (GET_CODE (XEXP (operand, 0)) == PRE_INC
                   2763:                        || GET_CODE (XEXP (operand, 0)) == POST_INC))
                   2764:                  win = 1;
                   2765:                break;
                   2766: 
                   2767:                /* Memory operand whose address is not offsettable.  */
                   2768:              case 'V':
                   2769:                if (force_reload)
                   2770:                  break;
                   2771:                if (GET_CODE (operand) == MEM
                   2772:                    && ! (ind_levels ? offsettable_memref_p (operand)
                   2773:                          : offsettable_nonstrict_memref_p (operand))
                   2774:                    /* Certain mem addresses will become offsettable
                   2775:                       after they themselves are reloaded.  This is important;
                   2776:                       we don't want our own handling of unoffsettables
                   2777:                       to override the handling of reg_equiv_address.  */
                   2778:                    && !(GET_CODE (XEXP (operand, 0)) == REG
                   2779:                         && (ind_levels == 0
                   2780:                             || reg_equiv_address[REGNO (XEXP (operand, 0))] != 0)))
                   2781:                  win = 1;
                   2782:                break;
                   2783: 
                   2784:                /* Memory operand whose address is offsettable.  */
                   2785:              case 'o':
                   2786:                if (force_reload)
                   2787:                  break;
                   2788:                if ((GET_CODE (operand) == MEM
                   2789:                     /* If IND_LEVELS, find_reloads_address won't reload a
                   2790:                        pseudo that didn't get a hard reg, so we have to
                   2791:                        reject that case.  */
                   2792:                     && (ind_levels ? offsettable_memref_p (operand)
                   2793:                         : offsettable_nonstrict_memref_p (operand)))
                   2794:                    /* Certain mem addresses will become offsettable
                   2795:                       after they themselves are reloaded.  This is important;
                   2796:                       we don't want our own handling of unoffsettables
                   2797:                       to override the handling of reg_equiv_address.  */
                   2798:                    || (GET_CODE (operand) == MEM
                   2799:                        && GET_CODE (XEXP (operand, 0)) == REG
                   2800:                        && (ind_levels == 0
                   2801:                            || reg_equiv_address[REGNO (XEXP (operand, 0))] != 0))
                   2802:                    || (GET_CODE (operand) == REG
                   2803:                        && REGNO (operand) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
1.1.1.6   root     2804:                        && reg_renumber[REGNO (operand)] < 0
                   2805:                        /* If reg_equiv_address is nonzero, we will be
                   2806:                           loading it into a register; hence it will be
                   2807:                           offsettable, but we cannot say that reg_equiv_mem
                   2808:                           is offsettable without checking.  */
                   2809:                        && ((reg_equiv_mem[REGNO (operand)] != 0
                   2810:                             && offsettable_memref_p (reg_equiv_mem[REGNO (operand)]))
                   2811:                            || (reg_equiv_address[REGNO (operand)] != 0))))
1.1       root     2812:                  win = 1;
                   2813:                if (CONSTANT_P (operand) || GET_CODE (operand) == MEM)
                   2814:                  badop = 0;
1.1.1.7 ! root     2815:                constmemok = 1;
1.1       root     2816:                offmemok = 1;
                   2817:                break;
                   2818: 
                   2819:              case '&':
                   2820:                /* Output operand that is stored before the need for the
                   2821:                   input operands (and their index registers) is over.  */
                   2822:                earlyclobber = 1, this_earlyclobber = 1;
                   2823:                break;
                   2824: 
                   2825:              case 'E':
                   2826:                /* Match any floating double constant, but only if
                   2827:                   we can examine the bits of it reliably.  */
                   2828:                if ((HOST_FLOAT_FORMAT != TARGET_FLOAT_FORMAT
1.1.1.4   root     2829:                     || HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT != BITS_PER_WORD)
1.1       root     2830:                    && GET_MODE (operand) != VOIDmode && ! flag_pretend_float)
                   2831:                  break;
                   2832:                if (GET_CODE (operand) == CONST_DOUBLE)
                   2833:                  win = 1;
                   2834:                break;
                   2835: 
                   2836:              case 'F':
                   2837:                if (GET_CODE (operand) == CONST_DOUBLE)
                   2838:                  win = 1;
                   2839:                break;
                   2840: 
                   2841:              case 'G':
                   2842:              case 'H':
                   2843:                if (GET_CODE (operand) == CONST_DOUBLE
                   2844:                    && CONST_DOUBLE_OK_FOR_LETTER_P (operand, c))
                   2845:                  win = 1;
                   2846:                break;
                   2847: 
                   2848:              case 's':
                   2849:                if (GET_CODE (operand) == CONST_INT
                   2850:                    || (GET_CODE (operand) == CONST_DOUBLE
                   2851:                        && GET_MODE (operand) == VOIDmode))
                   2852:                  break;
                   2853:              case 'i':
                   2854:                if (CONSTANT_P (operand)
                   2855: #ifdef LEGITIMATE_PIC_OPERAND_P
                   2856:                    && (! flag_pic || LEGITIMATE_PIC_OPERAND_P (operand))
                   2857: #endif
                   2858:                    )
                   2859:                  win = 1;
                   2860:                break;
                   2861: 
                   2862:              case 'n':
                   2863:                if (GET_CODE (operand) == CONST_INT
                   2864:                    || (GET_CODE (operand) == CONST_DOUBLE
                   2865:                        && GET_MODE (operand) == VOIDmode))
                   2866:                  win = 1;
                   2867:                break;
                   2868: 
                   2869:              case 'I':
                   2870:              case 'J':
                   2871:              case 'K':
                   2872:              case 'L':
                   2873:              case 'M':
                   2874:              case 'N':
                   2875:              case 'O':
                   2876:              case 'P':
                   2877:                if (GET_CODE (operand) == CONST_INT
                   2878:                    && CONST_OK_FOR_LETTER_P (INTVAL (operand), c))
                   2879:                  win = 1;
                   2880:                break;
                   2881: 
                   2882:              case 'X':
                   2883:                win = 1;
                   2884:                break;
                   2885: 
                   2886:              case 'g':
                   2887:                if (! force_reload
                   2888:                    /* A PLUS is never a valid operand, but reload can make
                   2889:                       it from a register when eliminating registers.  */
                   2890:                    && GET_CODE (operand) != PLUS
                   2891:                    /* A SCRATCH is not a valid operand.  */
                   2892:                    && GET_CODE (operand) != SCRATCH
                   2893: #ifdef LEGITIMATE_PIC_OPERAND_P
                   2894:                    && (! CONSTANT_P (operand) 
                   2895:                        || ! flag_pic 
                   2896:                        || LEGITIMATE_PIC_OPERAND_P (operand))
                   2897: #endif
                   2898:                    && (GENERAL_REGS == ALL_REGS
                   2899:                        || GET_CODE (operand) != REG
                   2900:                        || (REGNO (operand) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
                   2901:                            && reg_renumber[REGNO (operand)] < 0)))
                   2902:                  win = 1;
                   2903:                /* Drop through into 'r' case */
                   2904: 
                   2905:              case 'r':
                   2906:                this_alternative[i]
                   2907:                  = (int) reg_class_subunion[this_alternative[i]][(int) GENERAL_REGS];
                   2908:                goto reg;
                   2909: 
                   2910: #ifdef EXTRA_CONSTRAINT
                   2911:               case 'Q':
                   2912:               case 'R':
                   2913:               case 'S':
                   2914:               case 'T':
                   2915:               case 'U':
                   2916:                if (EXTRA_CONSTRAINT (operand, c))
                   2917:                  win = 1;
                   2918:                break;
                   2919: #endif
                   2920:   
                   2921:              default:
                   2922:                this_alternative[i]
                   2923:                  = (int) reg_class_subunion[this_alternative[i]][(int) REG_CLASS_FROM_LETTER (c)];
                   2924:                
                   2925:              reg:
                   2926:                if (GET_MODE (operand) == BLKmode)
                   2927:                  break;
                   2928:                winreg = 1;
                   2929:                if (GET_CODE (operand) == REG
                   2930:                    && reg_fits_class_p (operand, this_alternative[i],
                   2931:                                         offset, GET_MODE (recog_operand[i])))
                   2932:                  win = 1;
                   2933:                break;
                   2934:              }
                   2935: 
                   2936:          constraints[i] = p;
                   2937: 
                   2938:          /* If this operand could be handled with a reg,
                   2939:             and some reg is allowed, then this operand can be handled.  */
                   2940:          if (winreg && this_alternative[i] != (int) NO_REGS)
                   2941:            badop = 0;
                   2942: 
                   2943:          /* Record which operands fit this alternative.  */
                   2944:          this_alternative_earlyclobber[i] = earlyclobber;
                   2945:          if (win && ! force_reload)
                   2946:            this_alternative_win[i] = 1;
                   2947:          else
                   2948:            {
1.1.1.7 ! root     2949:              int const_to_mem = 0;
        !          2950: 
1.1       root     2951:              this_alternative_offmemok[i] = offmemok;
                   2952:              losers++;
                   2953:              if (badop)
                   2954:                bad = 1;
                   2955:              /* Alternative loses if it has no regs for a reg operand.  */
                   2956:              if (GET_CODE (operand) == REG
                   2957:                  && this_alternative[i] == (int) NO_REGS
                   2958:                  && this_alternative_matches[i] < 0)
                   2959:                bad = 1;
                   2960: 
                   2961:              /* Alternative loses if it requires a type of reload not
                   2962:                 permitted for this insn.  We can always reload SCRATCH
                   2963:                 and objects with a REG_UNUSED note.  */
1.1.1.5   root     2964:              if (GET_CODE (operand) != SCRATCH
                   2965:                  && modified[i] != RELOAD_READ && no_output_reloads
1.1       root     2966:                  && ! find_reg_note (insn, REG_UNUSED, operand))
                   2967:                bad = 1;
                   2968:              else if (modified[i] != RELOAD_WRITE && no_input_reloads)
                   2969:                bad = 1;
                   2970: 
1.1.1.6   root     2971:              /* If this is a constant that is reloaded into the desired
                   2972:                 class by copying it to memory first, count that as another
                   2973:                 reload.  This is consistent with other code and is
                   2974:                 required to avoid chosing another alternative when
                   2975:                 the constant is moved into memory by this function on
                   2976:                 an early reload pass.  Note that the test here is 
                   2977:                 precisely the same as in the code below that calls
                   2978:                 force_const_mem.  */
                   2979:              if (CONSTANT_P (operand)
1.1.1.7 ! root     2980:                  /* force_const_mem does not accept HIGH.  */
        !          2981:                  && GET_CODE (operand) != HIGH
1.1.1.6   root     2982:                  && (PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS (operand,
                   2983:                                              (enum reg_class) this_alternative[i])
                   2984:                      == NO_REGS)
                   2985:                  && operand_mode[i] != VOIDmode)
1.1.1.7 ! root     2986:                {
        !          2987:                  const_to_mem = 1;
        !          2988:                  if (this_alternative[i] != (int) NO_REGS)
        !          2989:                    losers++;
        !          2990:                }
        !          2991: 
        !          2992:              /* If we can't reload this value at all, reject this
        !          2993:                 alternative.  Note that we could also lose due to
        !          2994:                 LIMIT_RELOAD_RELOAD_CLASS, but we don't check that
        !          2995:                 here.  */
        !          2996: 
        !          2997:              if (! CONSTANT_P (operand)
        !          2998:                  && (enum reg_class) this_alternative[i] != NO_REGS
        !          2999:                  && (PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS (operand,
        !          3000:                                              (enum reg_class) this_alternative[i])
        !          3001:                      == NO_REGS))
        !          3002:                bad = 1;
1.1.1.6   root     3003: 
1.1       root     3004:              /* We prefer to reload pseudos over reloading other things,
                   3005:                 since such reloads may be able to be eliminated later.
                   3006:                 If we are reloading a SCRATCH, we won't be generating any
                   3007:                 insns, just using a register, so it is also preferred. 
1.1.1.7 ! root     3008:                 So bump REJECT in other cases.  Don't do this in the
        !          3009:                 case where we are forcing a constant into memory and
        !          3010:                 it will then win since we don't want to have a different
        !          3011:                 alternative match then.  */
1.1.1.6   root     3012:              if (! (GET_CODE (operand) == REG
                   3013:                     && REGNO (operand) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
1.1.1.7 ! root     3014:                  && GET_CODE (operand) != SCRATCH
        !          3015:                  && ! (const_to_mem && constmemok))
1.1       root     3016:                reject++;
                   3017:            }
                   3018: 
                   3019:          /* If this operand is a pseudo register that didn't get a hard 
                   3020:             reg and this alternative accepts some register, see if the
                   3021:             class that we want is a subset of the preferred class for this
                   3022:             register.  If not, but it intersects that class, use the
                   3023:             preferred class instead.  If it does not intersect the preferred
                   3024:             class, show that usage of this alternative should be discouraged;
                   3025:             it will be discouraged more still if the register is `preferred
                   3026:             or nothing'.  We do this because it increases the chance of
                   3027:             reusing our spill register in a later insn and avoiding a pair
                   3028:             of memory stores and loads.
                   3029: 
                   3030:             Don't bother with this if this alternative will accept this
                   3031:             operand.
                   3032: 
1.1.1.7 ! root     3033:             Don't do this for a multiword operand, since it is only a
        !          3034:             small win and has the risk of requiring more spill registers,
        !          3035:             which could cause a large loss.
1.1.1.4   root     3036: 
1.1       root     3037:             Don't do this if the preferred class has only one register
                   3038:             because we might otherwise exhaust the class.  */
                   3039: 
                   3040: 
                   3041:          if (! win && this_alternative[i] != (int) NO_REGS
1.1.1.4   root     3042:              && GET_MODE_SIZE (operand_mode[i]) <= UNITS_PER_WORD
1.1       root     3043:              && reg_class_size[(int) preferred_class[i]] > 1)
                   3044:            {
                   3045:              if (! reg_class_subset_p (this_alternative[i],
                   3046:                                        preferred_class[i]))
                   3047:                {
                   3048:                  /* Since we don't have a way of forming the intersection,
                   3049:                     we just do something special if the preferred class
                   3050:                     is a subset of the class we have; that's the most 
                   3051:                     common case anyway.  */
                   3052:                  if (reg_class_subset_p (preferred_class[i],
                   3053:                                          this_alternative[i]))
                   3054:                    this_alternative[i] = (int) preferred_class[i];
                   3055:                  else
                   3056:                    reject += (1 + pref_or_nothing[i]);
                   3057:                }
                   3058:            }
                   3059:        }
                   3060: 
                   3061:       /* Now see if any output operands that are marked "earlyclobber"
                   3062:         in this alternative conflict with any input operands
                   3063:         or any memory addresses.  */
                   3064: 
                   3065:       for (i = 0; i < noperands; i++)
                   3066:        if (this_alternative_earlyclobber[i]
                   3067:            && this_alternative_win[i])
                   3068:          {
                   3069:            struct decomposition early_data; 
                   3070: 
                   3071:            early_data = decompose (recog_operand[i]);
                   3072: 
                   3073:            if (modified[i] == RELOAD_READ)
                   3074:              {
                   3075:                if (this_insn_is_asm)
                   3076:                  warning_for_asm (this_insn,
                   3077:                                   "`&' constraint used with input operand");
                   3078:                else
                   3079:                  abort ();
                   3080:                continue;
                   3081:              }
                   3082:            
                   3083:            if (this_alternative[i] == NO_REGS)
                   3084:              {
                   3085:                this_alternative_earlyclobber[i] = 0;
                   3086:                if (this_insn_is_asm)
                   3087:                  error_for_asm (this_insn,
                   3088:                                 "`&' constraint used with no register class");
                   3089:                else
                   3090:                  abort ();
                   3091:              }
                   3092: 
                   3093:            for (j = 0; j < noperands; j++)
                   3094:              /* Is this an input operand or a memory ref?  */
                   3095:              if ((GET_CODE (recog_operand[j]) == MEM
                   3096:                   || modified[j] != RELOAD_WRITE)
                   3097:                  && j != i
                   3098:                  /* Ignore things like match_operator operands.  */
                   3099:                  && *constraints1[j] != 0
                   3100:                  /* Don't count an input operand that is constrained to match
                   3101:                     the early clobber operand.  */
                   3102:                  && ! (this_alternative_matches[j] == i
                   3103:                        && rtx_equal_p (recog_operand[i], recog_operand[j]))
                   3104:                  /* Is it altered by storing the earlyclobber operand?  */
                   3105:                  && !immune_p (recog_operand[j], recog_operand[i], early_data))
                   3106:                {
                   3107:                  /* If the output is in a single-reg class,
                   3108:                     it's costly to reload it, so reload the input instead.  */
                   3109:                  if (reg_class_size[this_alternative[i]] == 1
                   3110:                      && (GET_CODE (recog_operand[j]) == REG
                   3111:                          || GET_CODE (recog_operand[j]) == SUBREG))
                   3112:                    {
                   3113:                      losers++;
                   3114:                      this_alternative_win[j] = 0;
                   3115:                    }
                   3116:                  else
                   3117:                    break;
                   3118:                }
                   3119:            /* If an earlyclobber operand conflicts with something,
                   3120:               it must be reloaded, so request this and count the cost.  */
                   3121:            if (j != noperands)
                   3122:              {
                   3123:                losers++;
                   3124:                this_alternative_win[i] = 0;
                   3125:                for (j = 0; j < noperands; j++)
                   3126:                  if (this_alternative_matches[j] == i
                   3127:                      && this_alternative_win[j])
                   3128:                    {
                   3129:                      this_alternative_win[j] = 0;
                   3130:                      losers++;
                   3131:                    }
                   3132:              }
                   3133:          }
                   3134: 
                   3135:       /* If one alternative accepts all the operands, no reload required,
                   3136:         choose that alternative; don't consider the remaining ones.  */
                   3137:       if (losers == 0)
                   3138:        {
                   3139:          /* Unswap these so that they are never swapped at `finish'.  */
                   3140:          if (commutative >= 0)
                   3141:            {
                   3142:              recog_operand[commutative] = substed_operand[commutative];
                   3143:              recog_operand[commutative + 1]
                   3144:                = substed_operand[commutative + 1];
                   3145:            }
                   3146:          for (i = 0; i < noperands; i++)
                   3147:            {
                   3148:              goal_alternative_win[i] = 1;
                   3149:              goal_alternative[i] = this_alternative[i];
                   3150:              goal_alternative_offmemok[i] = this_alternative_offmemok[i];
                   3151:              goal_alternative_matches[i] = this_alternative_matches[i];
                   3152:              goal_alternative_earlyclobber[i]
                   3153:                = this_alternative_earlyclobber[i];
                   3154:            }
                   3155:          goal_alternative_number = this_alternative_number;
                   3156:          goal_alternative_swapped = swapped;
                   3157:          goal_earlyclobber = this_earlyclobber;
                   3158:          goto finish;
                   3159:        }
                   3160: 
                   3161:       /* REJECT, set by the ! and ? constraint characters and when a register
                   3162:         would be reloaded into a non-preferred class, discourages the use of
                   3163:         this alternative for a reload goal.  REJECT is incremented by three
                   3164:         for each ? and one for each non-preferred class.  */
                   3165:       losers = losers * 3 + reject;
                   3166: 
                   3167:       /* If this alternative can be made to work by reloading,
                   3168:         and it needs less reloading than the others checked so far,
                   3169:         record it as the chosen goal for reloading.  */
                   3170:       if (! bad && best > losers)
                   3171:        {
                   3172:          for (i = 0; i < noperands; i++)
                   3173:            {
                   3174:              goal_alternative[i] = this_alternative[i];
                   3175:              goal_alternative_win[i] = this_alternative_win[i];
                   3176:              goal_alternative_offmemok[i] = this_alternative_offmemok[i];
                   3177:              goal_alternative_matches[i] = this_alternative_matches[i];
                   3178:              goal_alternative_earlyclobber[i]
                   3179:                = this_alternative_earlyclobber[i];
                   3180:            }
                   3181:          goal_alternative_swapped = swapped;
                   3182:          best = losers;
                   3183:          goal_alternative_number = this_alternative_number;
                   3184:          goal_earlyclobber = this_earlyclobber;
                   3185:        }
                   3186:     }
                   3187: 
                   3188:   /* If insn is commutative (it's safe to exchange a certain pair of operands)
                   3189:      then we need to try each alternative twice,
                   3190:      the second time matching those two operands
                   3191:      as if we had exchanged them.
                   3192:      To do this, really exchange them in operands.
                   3193: 
                   3194:      If we have just tried the alternatives the second time,
                   3195:      return operands to normal and drop through.  */
                   3196: 
                   3197:   if (commutative >= 0)
                   3198:     {
                   3199:       swapped = !swapped;
                   3200:       if (swapped)
                   3201:        {
                   3202:          register enum reg_class tclass;
                   3203:          register int t;
                   3204: 
                   3205:          recog_operand[commutative] = substed_operand[commutative + 1];
                   3206:          recog_operand[commutative + 1] = substed_operand[commutative];
                   3207: 
                   3208:          tclass = preferred_class[commutative];
                   3209:          preferred_class[commutative] = preferred_class[commutative + 1];
                   3210:          preferred_class[commutative + 1] = tclass;
                   3211: 
                   3212:          t = pref_or_nothing[commutative];
                   3213:          pref_or_nothing[commutative] = pref_or_nothing[commutative + 1];
                   3214:          pref_or_nothing[commutative + 1] = t;
                   3215: 
1.1.1.7 ! root     3216:          bcopy ((char *) constraints1, (char *) constraints,
        !          3217:                 noperands * sizeof (char *));
1.1       root     3218:          goto try_swapped;
                   3219:        }
                   3220:       else
                   3221:        {
                   3222:          recog_operand[commutative] = substed_operand[commutative];
                   3223:          recog_operand[commutative + 1] = substed_operand[commutative + 1];
                   3224:        }
                   3225:     }
                   3226: 
                   3227:   /* The operands don't meet the constraints.
                   3228:      goal_alternative describes the alternative
                   3229:      that we could reach by reloading the fewest operands.
                   3230:      Reload so as to fit it.  */
                   3231: 
                   3232:   if (best == MAX_RECOG_OPERANDS + 300)
                   3233:     {
                   3234:       /* No alternative works with reloads??  */
                   3235:       if (insn_code_number >= 0)
                   3236:        abort ();
                   3237:       error_for_asm (insn, "inconsistent operand constraints in an `asm'");
                   3238:       /* Avoid further trouble with this insn.  */
                   3239:       PATTERN (insn) = gen_rtx (USE, VOIDmode, const0_rtx);
                   3240:       n_reloads = 0;
                   3241:       return;
                   3242:     }
                   3243: 
                   3244:   /* Jump to `finish' from above if all operands are valid already.
                   3245:      In that case, goal_alternative_win is all 1.  */
                   3246:  finish:
                   3247: 
                   3248:   /* Right now, for any pair of operands I and J that are required to match,
                   3249:      with I < J,
                   3250:      goal_alternative_matches[J] is I.
                   3251:      Set up goal_alternative_matched as the inverse function:
                   3252:      goal_alternative_matched[I] = J.  */
                   3253: 
                   3254:   for (i = 0; i < noperands; i++)
                   3255:     goal_alternative_matched[i] = -1;
                   3256: 
                   3257:   for (i = 0; i < noperands; i++)
                   3258:     if (! goal_alternative_win[i]
                   3259:        && goal_alternative_matches[i] >= 0)
                   3260:       goal_alternative_matched[goal_alternative_matches[i]] = i;
                   3261: 
                   3262:   /* If the best alternative is with operands 1 and 2 swapped,
1.1.1.5   root     3263:      consider them swapped before reporting the reloads.  Update the
                   3264:      operand numbers of any reloads already pushed.  */
1.1       root     3265: 
                   3266:   if (goal_alternative_swapped)
                   3267:     {
                   3268:       register rtx tem;
                   3269: 
                   3270:       tem = substed_operand[commutative];
                   3271:       substed_operand[commutative] = substed_operand[commutative + 1];
                   3272:       substed_operand[commutative + 1] = tem;
                   3273:       tem = recog_operand[commutative];
                   3274:       recog_operand[commutative] = recog_operand[commutative + 1];
                   3275:       recog_operand[commutative + 1] = tem;
1.1.1.5   root     3276: 
                   3277:       for (i = 0; i < n_reloads; i++)
                   3278:        {
                   3279:          if (reload_opnum[i] == commutative)
                   3280:            reload_opnum[i] = commutative + 1;
                   3281:          else if (reload_opnum[i] == commutative + 1)
                   3282:            reload_opnum[i] = commutative;
                   3283:        }
1.1       root     3284:     }
                   3285: 
                   3286:   /* Perform whatever substitutions on the operands we are supposed
                   3287:      to make due to commutativity or replacement of registers
                   3288:      with equivalent constants or memory slots.  */
                   3289: 
                   3290:   for (i = 0; i < noperands; i++)
                   3291:     {
                   3292:       *recog_operand_loc[i] = substed_operand[i];
                   3293:       /* While we are looping on operands, initialize this.  */
                   3294:       operand_reloadnum[i] = -1;
1.1.1.5   root     3295: 
                   3296:       /* If this is an earlyclobber operand, we need to widen the scope.
                   3297:         The reload must remain valid from the start of the insn being
                   3298:         reloaded until after the operand is stored into its destination.
                   3299:         We approximate this with RELOAD_OTHER even though we know that we
                   3300:         do not conflict with RELOAD_FOR_INPUT_ADDRESS reloads.
                   3301: 
                   3302:         One special case that is worth checking is when we have an
                   3303:         output that is earlyclobber but isn't used past the insn (typically
                   3304:         a SCRATCH).  In this case, we only need have the reload live 
                   3305:         through the insn itself, but not for any of our input or output
                   3306:         reloads. 
                   3307: 
                   3308:         In any case, anything needed to address this operand can remain
                   3309:         however they were previously categorized.  */
                   3310: 
                   3311:       if (goal_alternative_earlyclobber[i])
                   3312:        operand_type[i]
                   3313:          = (find_reg_note (insn, REG_UNUSED, recog_operand[i])
                   3314:             ? RELOAD_FOR_INSN : RELOAD_OTHER);
1.1       root     3315:     }
                   3316: 
                   3317:   /* Any constants that aren't allowed and can't be reloaded
                   3318:      into registers are here changed into memory references.  */
                   3319:   for (i = 0; i < noperands; i++)
                   3320:     if (! goal_alternative_win[i]
                   3321:        && CONSTANT_P (recog_operand[i])
1.1.1.7 ! root     3322:        /* force_const_mem does not accept HIGH.  */
        !          3323:        && GET_CODE (recog_operand[i]) != HIGH
1.1       root     3324:        && (PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS (recog_operand[i],
                   3325:                                    (enum reg_class) goal_alternative[i])
                   3326:            == NO_REGS)
                   3327:        && operand_mode[i] != VOIDmode)
                   3328:       {
                   3329:        *recog_operand_loc[i] = recog_operand[i]
                   3330:          = find_reloads_toplev (force_const_mem (operand_mode[i],
                   3331:                                                  recog_operand[i]),
1.1.1.5   root     3332:                                 i, address_type[i], ind_levels, 0);
1.1       root     3333:        if (alternative_allows_memconst (constraints1[i],
                   3334:                                         goal_alternative_number))
                   3335:          goal_alternative_win[i] = 1;
                   3336:       }
                   3337: 
1.1.1.6   root     3338:   /* Record the values of the earlyclobber operands for the caller.  */
                   3339:   if (goal_earlyclobber)
                   3340:     for (i = 0; i < noperands; i++)
                   3341:       if (goal_alternative_earlyclobber[i])
                   3342:        reload_earlyclobbers[n_earlyclobbers++] = recog_operand[i];
                   3343: 
1.1       root     3344:   /* Now record reloads for all the operands that need them.  */
                   3345:   for (i = 0; i < noperands; i++)
                   3346:     if (! goal_alternative_win[i])
                   3347:       {
                   3348:        /* Operands that match previous ones have already been handled.  */
                   3349:        if (goal_alternative_matches[i] >= 0)
                   3350:          ;
                   3351:        /* Handle an operand with a nonoffsettable address
                   3352:           appearing where an offsettable address will do
1.1.1.6   root     3353:           by reloading the address into a base register.
                   3354: 
                   3355:           ??? We can also do this when the operand is a register and
                   3356:           reg_equiv_mem is not offsettable, but this is a bit tricky,
                   3357:           so we don't bother with it.  It may not be worth doing.  */
1.1       root     3358:        else if (goal_alternative_matched[i] == -1
                   3359:                 && goal_alternative_offmemok[i]
                   3360:                 && GET_CODE (recog_operand[i]) == MEM)
                   3361:          {
                   3362:            operand_reloadnum[i]
1.1.1.4   root     3363:              = push_reload (XEXP (recog_operand[i], 0), NULL_RTX,
                   3364:                             &XEXP (recog_operand[i], 0), NULL_PTR,
1.1       root     3365:                             BASE_REG_CLASS, GET_MODE (XEXP (recog_operand[i], 0)),
1.1.1.5   root     3366:                             VOIDmode, 0, 0, i, RELOAD_FOR_INPUT);
1.1       root     3367:            reload_inc[operand_reloadnum[i]]
                   3368:              = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (recog_operand[i]));
1.1.1.5   root     3369: 
                   3370:            /* If this operand is an output, we will have made any
                   3371:               reloads for its address as RELOAD_FOR_OUTPUT_ADDRESS, but
                   3372:               now we are treating part of the operand as an input, so
                   3373:               we must change these to RELOAD_FOR_INPUT_ADDRESS.  */
                   3374: 
1.1.1.6   root     3375:            if (modified[i] == RELOAD_WRITE)
1.1.1.5   root     3376:              for (j = 0; j < n_reloads; j++)
                   3377:                if (reload_opnum[j] == i
                   3378:                    && reload_when_needed[j] == RELOAD_FOR_OUTPUT_ADDRESS)
                   3379:                  reload_when_needed[j] = RELOAD_FOR_INPUT_ADDRESS;
1.1       root     3380:          }
                   3381:        else if (goal_alternative_matched[i] == -1)
                   3382:          operand_reloadnum[i] =
                   3383:            push_reload (modified[i] != RELOAD_WRITE ? recog_operand[i] : 0,
                   3384:                         modified[i] != RELOAD_READ ? recog_operand[i] : 0,
1.1.1.5   root     3385:                         (modified[i] != RELOAD_WRITE ?
                   3386:                          recog_operand_loc[i] : 0),
1.1       root     3387:                         modified[i] != RELOAD_READ ? recog_operand_loc[i] : 0,
                   3388:                         (enum reg_class) goal_alternative[i],
1.1.1.5   root     3389:                         (modified[i] == RELOAD_WRITE
                   3390:                          ? VOIDmode : operand_mode[i]),
                   3391:                         (modified[i] == RELOAD_READ
                   3392:                          ? VOIDmode : operand_mode[i]),
1.1       root     3393:                         (insn_code_number < 0 ? 0
                   3394:                          : insn_operand_strict_low[insn_code_number][i]),
1.1.1.5   root     3395:                         0, i, operand_type[i]);
1.1       root     3396:        /* In a matching pair of operands, one must be input only
                   3397:           and the other must be output only.
                   3398:           Pass the input operand as IN and the other as OUT.  */
                   3399:        else if (modified[i] == RELOAD_READ
                   3400:                 && modified[goal_alternative_matched[i]] == RELOAD_WRITE)
                   3401:          {
                   3402:            operand_reloadnum[i]
                   3403:              = push_reload (recog_operand[i],
                   3404:                             recog_operand[goal_alternative_matched[i]],
                   3405:                             recog_operand_loc[i],
                   3406:                             recog_operand_loc[goal_alternative_matched[i]],
                   3407:                             (enum reg_class) goal_alternative[i],
                   3408:                             operand_mode[i],
                   3409:                             operand_mode[goal_alternative_matched[i]],
1.1.1.5   root     3410:                             0, 0, i, RELOAD_OTHER);
1.1       root     3411:            operand_reloadnum[goal_alternative_matched[i]] = output_reloadnum;
                   3412:          }
                   3413:        else if (modified[i] == RELOAD_WRITE
                   3414:                 && modified[goal_alternative_matched[i]] == RELOAD_READ)
                   3415:          {
                   3416:            operand_reloadnum[goal_alternative_matched[i]]
                   3417:              = push_reload (recog_operand[goal_alternative_matched[i]],
                   3418:                             recog_operand[i],
                   3419:                             recog_operand_loc[goal_alternative_matched[i]],
                   3420:                             recog_operand_loc[i],
                   3421:                             (enum reg_class) goal_alternative[i],
                   3422:                             operand_mode[goal_alternative_matched[i]],
                   3423:                             operand_mode[i],
1.1.1.5   root     3424:                             0, 0, i, RELOAD_OTHER);
1.1       root     3425:            operand_reloadnum[i] = output_reloadnum;
                   3426:          }
                   3427:        else if (insn_code_number >= 0)
                   3428:          abort ();
                   3429:        else
                   3430:          {
                   3431:            error_for_asm (insn, "inconsistent operand constraints in an `asm'");
                   3432:            /* Avoid further trouble with this insn.  */
                   3433:            PATTERN (insn) = gen_rtx (USE, VOIDmode, const0_rtx);
                   3434:            n_reloads = 0;
                   3435:            return;
                   3436:          }
                   3437:       }
                   3438:     else if (goal_alternative_matched[i] < 0
                   3439:             && goal_alternative_matches[i] < 0
                   3440:             && optimize)
                   3441:       {
1.1.1.5   root     3442:        /* For each non-matching operand that's a MEM or a pseudo-register 
1.1       root     3443:           that didn't get a hard register, make an optional reload.
                   3444:           This may get done even if the insn needs no reloads otherwise.  */
1.1.1.5   root     3445: 
                   3446:        rtx operand = recog_operand[i];
                   3447: 
1.1       root     3448:        while (GET_CODE (operand) == SUBREG)
                   3449:          operand = XEXP (operand, 0);
1.1.1.5   root     3450:        if ((GET_CODE (operand) == MEM
                   3451:             || (GET_CODE (operand) == REG
                   3452:                 && REGNO (operand) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER))
1.1       root     3453:            && (enum reg_class) goal_alternative[i] != NO_REGS
1.1.1.5   root     3454:            && ! no_input_reloads
                   3455:            /* Optional output reloads don't do anything and we mustn't
                   3456:               make in-out reloads on insns that are not permitted output
                   3457:               reloads.  */
1.1       root     3458:            && (modified[i] == RELOAD_READ
1.1.1.5   root     3459:                || (modified[i] == RELOAD_READ_WRITE && ! no_output_reloads)))
1.1       root     3460:          operand_reloadnum[i]
                   3461:            = push_reload (modified[i] != RELOAD_WRITE ? recog_operand[i] : 0,
                   3462:                           modified[i] != RELOAD_READ ? recog_operand[i] : 0,
1.1.1.5   root     3463:                           (modified[i] != RELOAD_WRITE
                   3464:                            ? recog_operand_loc[i] : 0),
                   3465:                           (modified[i] != RELOAD_READ
                   3466:                            ? recog_operand_loc[i] : 0),
1.1       root     3467:                           (enum reg_class) goal_alternative[i],
1.1.1.5   root     3468:                           (modified[i] == RELOAD_WRITE
                   3469:                            ? VOIDmode : operand_mode[i]),
                   3470:                           (modified[i] == RELOAD_READ
                   3471:                            ? VOIDmode : operand_mode[i]),
1.1       root     3472:                           (insn_code_number < 0 ? 0
                   3473:                            : insn_operand_strict_low[insn_code_number][i]),
1.1.1.5   root     3474:                           1, i, operand_type[i]);
1.1       root     3475:       }
1.1.1.5   root     3476:     else if (goal_alternative_matches[i] >= 0
                   3477:             && goal_alternative_win[goal_alternative_matches[i]]
                   3478:             && modified[i] == RELOAD_READ
                   3479:             && modified[goal_alternative_matches[i]] == RELOAD_WRITE
                   3480:             && ! no_input_reloads && ! no_output_reloads
                   3481:             && optimize)
                   3482:       {
                   3483:        /* Similarly, make an optional reload for a pair of matching
                   3484:           objects that are in MEM or a pseudo that didn't get a hard reg.  */
                   3485: 
                   3486:        rtx operand = recog_operand[i];
1.1       root     3487: 
1.1.1.5   root     3488:        while (GET_CODE (operand) == SUBREG)
                   3489:          operand = XEXP (operand, 0);
                   3490:        if ((GET_CODE (operand) == MEM
                   3491:             || (GET_CODE (operand) == REG
                   3492:                 && REGNO (operand) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER))
                   3493:            && ((enum reg_class) goal_alternative[goal_alternative_matches[i]]
                   3494:                != NO_REGS))
                   3495:          operand_reloadnum[i] = operand_reloadnum[goal_alternative_matches[i]]
                   3496:            = push_reload (recog_operand[goal_alternative_matches[i]],
                   3497:                           recog_operand[i],
                   3498:                           recog_operand_loc[goal_alternative_matches[i]],
                   3499:                           recog_operand_loc[i],
                   3500:                           (enum reg_class) goal_alternative[goal_alternative_matches[i]],
                   3501:                           operand_mode[goal_alternative_matches[i]],
                   3502:                           operand_mode[i],
                   3503:                           0, 1, goal_alternative_matches[i], RELOAD_OTHER);
                   3504:       }
                   3505:   
1.1       root     3506:   /* If this insn pattern contains any MATCH_DUP's, make sure that
                   3507:      they will be substituted if the operands they match are substituted.
                   3508:      Also do now any substitutions we already did on the operands.
                   3509: 
                   3510:      Don't do this if we aren't making replacements because we might be
                   3511:      propagating things allocated by frame pointer elimination into places
                   3512:      it doesn't expect.  */
                   3513: 
                   3514:   if (insn_code_number >= 0 && replace)
                   3515:     for (i = insn_n_dups[insn_code_number] - 1; i >= 0; i--)
                   3516:       {
                   3517:        int opno = recog_dup_num[i];
                   3518:        *recog_dup_loc[i] = *recog_operand_loc[opno];
                   3519:        if (operand_reloadnum[opno] >= 0)
                   3520:          push_replacement (recog_dup_loc[i], operand_reloadnum[opno],
                   3521:                            insn_operand_mode[insn_code_number][opno]);
                   3522:       }
                   3523: 
                   3524: #if 0
                   3525:   /* This loses because reloading of prior insns can invalidate the equivalence
                   3526:      (or at least find_equiv_reg isn't smart enough to find it any more),
                   3527:      causing this insn to need more reload regs than it needed before.
                   3528:      It may be too late to make the reload regs available.
                   3529:      Now this optimization is done safely in choose_reload_regs.  */
                   3530: 
                   3531:   /* For each reload of a reg into some other class of reg,
                   3532:      search for an existing equivalent reg (same value now) in the right class.
                   3533:      We can use it as long as we don't need to change its contents.  */
                   3534:   for (i = 0; i < n_reloads; i++)
                   3535:     if (reload_reg_rtx[i] == 0
                   3536:        && reload_in[i] != 0
                   3537:        && GET_CODE (reload_in[i]) == REG
                   3538:        && reload_out[i] == 0)
                   3539:       {
                   3540:        reload_reg_rtx[i]
                   3541:          = find_equiv_reg (reload_in[i], insn, reload_reg_class[i], -1,
                   3542:                            static_reload_reg_p, 0, reload_inmode[i]);
                   3543:        /* Prevent generation of insn to load the value
                   3544:           because the one we found already has the value.  */
                   3545:        if (reload_reg_rtx[i])
                   3546:          reload_in[i] = reload_reg_rtx[i];
                   3547:       }
                   3548: #endif
                   3549: 
1.1.1.5   root     3550:   /* Perhaps an output reload can be combined with another
                   3551:      to reduce needs by one.  */
                   3552:   if (!goal_earlyclobber)
                   3553:     combine_reloads ();
                   3554: 
                   3555:   /* If we have a pair of reloads for parts of an address, they are reloading
                   3556:      the same object, the operands themselves were not reloaded, and they
                   3557:      are for two operands that are supposed to match, merge the reloads and
                   3558:      change the type of the surviving reload to RELOAD_FOR_OPERAND_ADDRESS. */
                   3559: 
                   3560:   for (i = 0; i < n_reloads; i++)
                   3561:     {
                   3562:       int k;
                   3563: 
                   3564:       for (j = i + 1; j < n_reloads; j++)
                   3565:        if ((reload_when_needed[i] == RELOAD_FOR_INPUT_ADDRESS
                   3566:             || reload_when_needed[i] == RELOAD_FOR_OUTPUT_ADDRESS)
                   3567:            && (reload_when_needed[j] == RELOAD_FOR_INPUT_ADDRESS
                   3568:                || reload_when_needed[j] == RELOAD_FOR_OUTPUT_ADDRESS)
                   3569:            && rtx_equal_p (reload_in[i], reload_in[j])
                   3570:            && (operand_reloadnum[reload_opnum[i]] < 0
                   3571:                || reload_optional[operand_reloadnum[reload_opnum[i]]])
                   3572:            && (operand_reloadnum[reload_opnum[j]] < 0
                   3573:                || reload_optional[operand_reloadnum[reload_opnum[j]]])
                   3574:            && (goal_alternative_matches[reload_opnum[i]] == reload_opnum[j]
                   3575:                || (goal_alternative_matches[reload_opnum[j]]
                   3576:                    == reload_opnum[i])))
                   3577:          {
                   3578:            for (k = 0; k < n_replacements; k++)
                   3579:              if (replacements[k].what == j)
                   3580:                replacements[k].what = i;
                   3581: 
                   3582:            reload_when_needed[i] = RELOAD_FOR_OPERAND_ADDRESS;
                   3583:            reload_in[j] = 0;
                   3584:          }
                   3585:     }
                   3586: 
                   3587:   /* Scan all the reloads and update their type. 
                   3588:      If a reload is for the address of an operand and we didn't reload
                   3589:      that operand, change the type.  Similarly, change the operand number
                   3590:      of a reload when two operands match.  If a reload is optional, treat it
                   3591:      as though the operand isn't reloaded.
                   3592: 
                   3593:      ??? This latter case is somewhat odd because if we do the optional
                   3594:      reload, it means the object is hanging around.  Thus we need only
                   3595:      do the address reload if the optional reload was NOT done.
                   3596: 
                   3597:      Change secondary reloads to be the address type of their operand, not
                   3598:      the normal type.
                   3599: 
                   3600:      If an operand's reload is now RELOAD_OTHER, change any
                   3601:      RELOAD_FOR_INPUT_ADDRESS reloads of that operand to
                   3602:      RELOAD_FOR_OTHER_ADDRESS.  */
                   3603: 
                   3604:   for (i = 0; i < n_reloads; i++)
                   3605:     {
                   3606:       if (reload_secondary_p[i]
                   3607:          && reload_when_needed[i] == operand_type[reload_opnum[i]])
                   3608:        reload_when_needed[i] = address_type[reload_opnum[i]];
                   3609: 
                   3610:       if ((reload_when_needed[i] == RELOAD_FOR_INPUT_ADDRESS
                   3611:           || reload_when_needed[i] == RELOAD_FOR_OUTPUT_ADDRESS)
                   3612:          && (operand_reloadnum[reload_opnum[i]] < 0
                   3613:              || reload_optional[operand_reloadnum[reload_opnum[i]]]))
1.1.1.7 ! root     3614:        {
        !          3615:          /* If we have a secondary reload to go along with this reload,
        !          3616:             change its type to RELOAD_FOR_OPADDR_ADDR. */
        !          3617: 
        !          3618:          if (reload_when_needed[i] == RELOAD_FOR_INPUT_ADDRESS
        !          3619:              && reload_secondary_in_reload[i] != -1)
        !          3620:            {
        !          3621:              int secondary_in_reload = reload_secondary_in_reload[i];
        !          3622: 
        !          3623:              reload_when_needed[secondary_in_reload] = 
        !          3624:                RELOAD_FOR_OPADDR_ADDR;
        !          3625: 
        !          3626:              /* If there's a tertiary reload we have to change it also. */
        !          3627:              if (secondary_in_reload > 0
        !          3628:                  && reload_secondary_in_reload[secondary_in_reload] != -1)
        !          3629:                reload_when_needed[reload_secondary_in_reload[secondary_in_reload]] 
        !          3630:                  = RELOAD_FOR_OPADDR_ADDR;
        !          3631:            }
        !          3632: 
        !          3633:          if (reload_when_needed[i] == RELOAD_FOR_OUTPUT_ADDRESS
        !          3634:              && reload_secondary_out_reload[i] != -1)
        !          3635:            {
        !          3636:              int secondary_out_reload = reload_secondary_out_reload[i];
        !          3637: 
        !          3638:              reload_when_needed[secondary_out_reload] = 
        !          3639:                RELOAD_FOR_OPADDR_ADDR;
        !          3640: 
        !          3641:              /* If there's a tertiary reload we have to change it also. */
        !          3642:              if (secondary_out_reload
        !          3643:                  && reload_secondary_out_reload[secondary_out_reload] != -1)
        !          3644:                reload_when_needed[reload_secondary_out_reload[secondary_out_reload]] 
        !          3645:                  = RELOAD_FOR_OPADDR_ADDR;
        !          3646:            }
        !          3647:          reload_when_needed[i] = RELOAD_FOR_OPERAND_ADDRESS;
        !          3648:        }
1.1.1.5   root     3649: 
                   3650:       if (reload_when_needed[i] == RELOAD_FOR_INPUT_ADDRESS
                   3651:          && operand_reloadnum[reload_opnum[i]] >= 0
                   3652:          && (reload_when_needed[operand_reloadnum[reload_opnum[i]]] 
                   3653:              == RELOAD_OTHER))
                   3654:        reload_when_needed[i] = RELOAD_FOR_OTHER_ADDRESS;
                   3655: 
                   3656:       if (goal_alternative_matches[reload_opnum[i]] >= 0)
                   3657:        reload_opnum[i] = goal_alternative_matches[reload_opnum[i]];
                   3658:     }
                   3659: 
                   3660:   /* See if we have any reloads that are now allowed to be merged
                   3661:      because we've changed when the reload is needed to
                   3662:      RELOAD_FOR_OPERAND_ADDRESS or RELOAD_FOR_OTHER_ADDRESS.  Only
                   3663:      check for the most common cases.  */
                   3664: 
                   3665:   for (i = 0; i < n_reloads; i++)
                   3666:     if (reload_in[i] != 0 && reload_out[i] == 0
                   3667:        && (reload_when_needed[i] == RELOAD_FOR_OPERAND_ADDRESS
                   3668:            || reload_when_needed[i] == RELOAD_FOR_OTHER_ADDRESS))
                   3669:       for (j = 0; j < n_reloads; j++)
                   3670:        if (i != j && reload_in[j] != 0 && reload_out[j] == 0
                   3671:            && reload_when_needed[j] == reload_when_needed[i]
1.1.1.6   root     3672:            && MATCHES (reload_in[i], reload_in[j])
                   3673:            && reload_reg_class[i] == reload_reg_class[j]
                   3674:            && !reload_nocombine[i] && !reload_nocombine[j]
                   3675:            && reload_reg_rtx[i] == reload_reg_rtx[j])
1.1.1.5   root     3676:          {
                   3677:            reload_opnum[i] = MIN (reload_opnum[i], reload_opnum[j]);
                   3678:            transfer_replacements (i, j);
                   3679:            reload_in[j] = 0;
                   3680:          }
                   3681: 
1.1       root     3682: #else /* no REGISTER_CONSTRAINTS */
                   3683:   int noperands;
                   3684:   int insn_code_number;
                   3685:   int goal_earlyclobber = 0; /* Always 0, to make combine_reloads happen.  */
                   3686:   register int i;
                   3687:   rtx body = PATTERN (insn);
                   3688: 
                   3689:   n_reloads = 0;
                   3690:   n_replacements = 0;
                   3691:   n_earlyclobbers = 0;
                   3692:   replace_reloads = replace;
                   3693:   this_insn = insn;
                   3694: 
                   3695:   /* Find what kind of insn this is.  NOPERANDS gets number of operands.
                   3696:      Store the operand values in RECOG_OPERAND and the locations
                   3697:      of the words in the insn that point to them in RECOG_OPERAND_LOC.
                   3698:      Return if the insn needs no reload processing.  */
                   3699: 
                   3700:   switch (GET_CODE (body))
                   3701:     {
                   3702:     case USE:
                   3703:     case CLOBBER:
                   3704:     case ASM_INPUT:
                   3705:     case ADDR_VEC:
                   3706:     case ADDR_DIFF_VEC:
                   3707:       return;
                   3708: 
                   3709:     case PARALLEL:
                   3710:     case SET:
                   3711:       noperands = asm_noperands (body);
                   3712:       if (noperands >= 0)
                   3713:        {
                   3714:          /* This insn is an `asm' with operands.
                   3715:             First, find out how many operands, and allocate space.  */
                   3716: 
                   3717:          insn_code_number = -1;
                   3718:          /* ??? This is a bug! ???
                   3719:             Give up and delete this insn if it has too many operands.  */
                   3720:          if (noperands > MAX_RECOG_OPERANDS)
                   3721:            abort ();
                   3722: 
                   3723:          /* Now get the operand values out of the insn.  */
                   3724: 
1.1.1.4   root     3725:          decode_asm_operands (body, recog_operand, recog_operand_loc,
                   3726:                               NULL_PTR, NULL_PTR);
1.1       root     3727:          break;
                   3728:        }
                   3729: 
                   3730:     default:
                   3731:       /* Ordinary insn: recognize it, allocate space for operands and
                   3732:         constraints, and get them out via insn_extract.  */
                   3733: 
                   3734:       insn_code_number = recog_memoized (insn);
                   3735:       noperands = insn_n_operands[insn_code_number];
                   3736:       insn_extract (insn);
                   3737:     }
                   3738: 
                   3739:   if (noperands == 0)
                   3740:     return;
                   3741: 
                   3742:   for (i = 0; i < noperands; i++)
                   3743:     {
                   3744:       register RTX_CODE code = GET_CODE (recog_operand[i]);
                   3745:       int is_set_dest = GET_CODE (body) == SET && (i == 0);
                   3746: 
                   3747:       if (insn_code_number >= 0)
                   3748:        if (insn_operand_address_p[insn_code_number][i])
1.1.1.4   root     3749:          find_reloads_address (VOIDmode, NULL_PTR,
1.1       root     3750:                                recog_operand[i], recog_operand_loc[i],
1.1.1.5   root     3751:                                i, RELOAD_FOR_INPUT, ind_levels);
                   3752: 
                   3753:       /* In these cases, we can't tell if the operand is an input
                   3754:         or an output, so be conservative.  In practice it won't be
                   3755:         problem.  */
                   3756: 
1.1       root     3757:       if (code == MEM)
                   3758:        find_reloads_address (GET_MODE (recog_operand[i]),
                   3759:                              recog_operand_loc[i],
                   3760:                              XEXP (recog_operand[i], 0),
                   3761:                              &XEXP (recog_operand[i], 0),
1.1.1.5   root     3762:                              i, RELOAD_OTHER, ind_levels);
1.1       root     3763:       if (code == SUBREG)
                   3764:        recog_operand[i] = *recog_operand_loc[i]
1.1.1.5   root     3765:          = find_reloads_toplev (recog_operand[i], i, RELOAD_OTHER,
                   3766:                                 ind_levels, is_set_dest);
1.1       root     3767:       if (code == REG)
                   3768:        {
                   3769:          register int regno = REGNO (recog_operand[i]);
                   3770:          if (reg_equiv_constant[regno] != 0 && !is_set_dest)
                   3771:            recog_operand[i] = *recog_operand_loc[i]
                   3772:              = reg_equiv_constant[regno];
                   3773: #if 0 /* This might screw code in reload1.c to delete prior output-reload
                   3774:         that feeds this insn.  */
                   3775:          if (reg_equiv_mem[regno] != 0)
                   3776:            recog_operand[i] = *recog_operand_loc[i]
                   3777:              = reg_equiv_mem[regno];
                   3778: #endif
                   3779:        }
                   3780:     }
                   3781: 
                   3782:   /* Perhaps an output reload can be combined with another
                   3783:      to reduce needs by one.  */
                   3784:   if (!goal_earlyclobber)
                   3785:     combine_reloads ();
1.1.1.5   root     3786: #endif /* no REGISTER_CONSTRAINTS */
1.1       root     3787: }
                   3788: 
                   3789: /* Return 1 if alternative number ALTNUM in constraint-string CONSTRAINT
                   3790:    accepts a memory operand with constant address.  */
                   3791: 
                   3792: static int
                   3793: alternative_allows_memconst (constraint, altnum)
                   3794:      char *constraint;
                   3795:      int altnum;
                   3796: {
                   3797:   register int c;
                   3798:   /* Skip alternatives before the one requested.  */
                   3799:   while (altnum > 0)
                   3800:     {
                   3801:       while (*constraint++ != ',');
                   3802:       altnum--;
                   3803:     }
                   3804:   /* Scan the requested alternative for 'm' or 'o'.
                   3805:      If one of them is present, this alternative accepts memory constants.  */
                   3806:   while ((c = *constraint++) && c != ',' && c != '#')
                   3807:     if (c == 'm' || c == 'o')
                   3808:       return 1;
                   3809:   return 0;
                   3810: }
                   3811: 
                   3812: /* Scan X for memory references and scan the addresses for reloading.
                   3813:    Also checks for references to "constant" regs that we want to eliminate
                   3814:    and replaces them with the values they stand for.
1.1.1.3   root     3815:    We may alter X destructively if it contains a reference to such.
1.1       root     3816:    If X is just a constant reg, we return the equivalent value
                   3817:    instead of X.
                   3818: 
                   3819:    IND_LEVELS says how many levels of indirect addressing this machine
                   3820:    supports.
                   3821: 
1.1.1.5   root     3822:    OPNUM and TYPE identify the purpose of the reload.
                   3823: 
1.1       root     3824:    IS_SET_DEST is true if X is the destination of a SET, which is not
                   3825:    appropriate to be replaced by a constant.  */
                   3826: 
                   3827: static rtx
1.1.1.5   root     3828: find_reloads_toplev (x, opnum, type, ind_levels, is_set_dest)
1.1       root     3829:      rtx x;
1.1.1.5   root     3830:      int opnum;
                   3831:      enum reload_type type;
1.1       root     3832:      int ind_levels;
                   3833:      int is_set_dest;
                   3834: {
                   3835:   register RTX_CODE code = GET_CODE (x);
                   3836: 
                   3837:   register char *fmt = GET_RTX_FORMAT (code);
                   3838:   register int i;
                   3839: 
                   3840:   if (code == REG)
                   3841:     {
                   3842:       /* This code is duplicated for speed in find_reloads.  */
                   3843:       register int regno = REGNO (x);
                   3844:       if (reg_equiv_constant[regno] != 0 && !is_set_dest)
                   3845:        x = reg_equiv_constant[regno];
                   3846: #if 0
                   3847: /*  This creates (subreg (mem...)) which would cause an unnecessary
                   3848:     reload of the mem.  */
                   3849:       else if (reg_equiv_mem[regno] != 0)
                   3850:        x = reg_equiv_mem[regno];
                   3851: #endif
                   3852:       else if (reg_equiv_address[regno] != 0)
                   3853:        {
                   3854:          /* If reg_equiv_address varies, it may be shared, so copy it.  */
                   3855:          rtx addr = reg_equiv_address[regno];
                   3856: 
                   3857:          if (rtx_varies_p (addr))
                   3858:            addr = copy_rtx (addr);
                   3859: 
                   3860:          x = gen_rtx (MEM, GET_MODE (x), addr);
                   3861:          RTX_UNCHANGING_P (x) = RTX_UNCHANGING_P (regno_reg_rtx[regno]);
1.1.1.4   root     3862:          find_reloads_address (GET_MODE (x), NULL_PTR,
1.1       root     3863:                                XEXP (x, 0),
1.1.1.5   root     3864:                                &XEXP (x, 0), opnum, type, ind_levels);
1.1       root     3865:        }
                   3866:       return x;
                   3867:     }
                   3868:   if (code == MEM)
                   3869:     {
                   3870:       rtx tem = x;
                   3871:       find_reloads_address (GET_MODE (x), &tem, XEXP (x, 0), &XEXP (x, 0),
1.1.1.5   root     3872:                            opnum, type, ind_levels);
1.1       root     3873:       return tem;
                   3874:     }
                   3875: 
                   3876:   if (code == SUBREG && GET_CODE (SUBREG_REG (x)) == REG)
                   3877:     {
                   3878:       /* Check for SUBREG containing a REG that's equivalent to a constant. 
                   3879:         If the constant has a known value, truncate it right now.
                   3880:         Similarly if we are extracting a single-word of a multi-word
                   3881:         constant.  If the constant is symbolic, allow it to be substituted
                   3882:         normally.  push_reload will strip the subreg later.  If the
                   3883:         constant is VOIDmode, abort because we will lose the mode of
                   3884:         the register (this should never happen because one of the cases
                   3885:         above should handle it).  */
                   3886: 
                   3887:       register int regno = REGNO (SUBREG_REG (x));
                   3888:       rtx tem;
                   3889: 
                   3890:       if (subreg_lowpart_p (x)
                   3891:          && regno >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER && reg_renumber[regno] < 0
                   3892:          && reg_equiv_constant[regno] != 0
                   3893:          && (tem = gen_lowpart_common (GET_MODE (x),
                   3894:                                        reg_equiv_constant[regno])) != 0)
                   3895:        return tem;
                   3896: 
                   3897:       if (GET_MODE_BITSIZE (GET_MODE (x)) == BITS_PER_WORD
                   3898:          && regno >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER && reg_renumber[regno] < 0
                   3899:          && reg_equiv_constant[regno] != 0
                   3900:          && (tem = operand_subword (reg_equiv_constant[regno],
                   3901:                                     SUBREG_WORD (x), 0,
                   3902:                                     GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (x)))) != 0)
                   3903:        return tem;
                   3904: 
                   3905:       if (regno >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER && reg_renumber[regno] < 0
                   3906:          && reg_equiv_constant[regno] != 0
                   3907:          && GET_MODE (reg_equiv_constant[regno]) == VOIDmode)
                   3908:        abort ();
                   3909: 
                   3910:       /* If the subreg contains a reg that will be converted to a mem,
                   3911:         convert the subreg to a narrower memref now.
                   3912:         Otherwise, we would get (subreg (mem ...) ...),
                   3913:         which would force reload of the mem.
                   3914: 
                   3915:         We also need to do this if there is an equivalent MEM that is
                   3916:         not offsettable.  In that case, alter_subreg would produce an
1.1.1.2   root     3917:         invalid address on big-endian machines.
                   3918: 
1.1.1.4   root     3919:         For machines that extend byte loads, we must not reload using
1.1.1.2   root     3920:         a wider mode if we have a paradoxical SUBREG.  find_reloads will
                   3921:         force a reload in that case.  So we should not do anything here.  */
1.1       root     3922: 
                   3923:       else if (regno >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
1.1.1.6   root     3924: #ifdef LOAD_EXTEND_OP
1.1.1.2   root     3925:               && (GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x))
                   3926:                   <= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (x))))
                   3927: #endif
1.1       root     3928:               && (reg_equiv_address[regno] != 0
                   3929:                   || (reg_equiv_mem[regno] != 0
1.1.1.5   root     3930:                       && (! strict_memory_address_p (GET_MODE (x), 
                   3931:                                                      XEXP (reg_equiv_mem[regno], 0))
                   3932:                           || ! offsettable_memref_p (reg_equiv_mem[regno])))))
1.1       root     3933:        {
                   3934:          int offset = SUBREG_WORD (x) * UNITS_PER_WORD;
                   3935:          rtx addr = (reg_equiv_address[regno] ? reg_equiv_address[regno]
                   3936:                      : XEXP (reg_equiv_mem[regno], 0));
                   3937: #if BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN
                   3938:          int size;
                   3939:          size = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (x)));
                   3940:          offset += MIN (size, UNITS_PER_WORD);
                   3941:          size = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x));
                   3942:          offset -= MIN (size, UNITS_PER_WORD);
                   3943: #endif
                   3944:          addr = plus_constant (addr, offset);
                   3945:          x = gen_rtx (MEM, GET_MODE (x), addr);
                   3946:          RTX_UNCHANGING_P (x) = RTX_UNCHANGING_P (regno_reg_rtx[regno]);
1.1.1.4   root     3947:          find_reloads_address (GET_MODE (x), NULL_PTR,
1.1       root     3948:                                XEXP (x, 0),
1.1.1.5   root     3949:                                &XEXP (x, 0), opnum, type, ind_levels);
1.1       root     3950:        }
                   3951: 
                   3952:     }
                   3953: 
                   3954:   for (i = GET_RTX_LENGTH (code) - 1; i >= 0; i--)
                   3955:     {
                   3956:       if (fmt[i] == 'e')
1.1.1.5   root     3957:        XEXP (x, i) = find_reloads_toplev (XEXP (x, i), opnum, type,
1.1       root     3958:                                           ind_levels, is_set_dest);
                   3959:     }
                   3960:   return x;
                   3961: }
                   3962: 
1.1.1.5   root     3963: /* Return a mem ref for the memory equivalent of reg REGNO.
                   3964:    This mem ref is not shared with anything.  */
                   3965: 
1.1       root     3966: static rtx
                   3967: make_memloc (ad, regno)
                   3968:      rtx ad;
                   3969:      int regno;
                   3970: {
                   3971:   register int i;
                   3972:   rtx tem = reg_equiv_address[regno];
1.1.1.5   root     3973: 
                   3974: #if 0 /* We cannot safely reuse a memloc made here;
                   3975:         if the pseudo appears twice, and its mem needs a reload,
                   3976:         it gets two separate reloads assigned, but it only
                   3977:         gets substituted with the second of them;
                   3978:         then it can get used before that reload reg gets loaded up.  */
1.1       root     3979:   for (i = 0; i < n_memlocs; i++)
                   3980:     if (rtx_equal_p (tem, XEXP (memlocs[i], 0)))
                   3981:       return memlocs[i];
1.1.1.5   root     3982: #endif
1.1       root     3983: 
                   3984:   /* If TEM might contain a pseudo, we must copy it to avoid
                   3985:      modifying it when we do the substitution for the reload.  */
                   3986:   if (rtx_varies_p (tem))
                   3987:     tem = copy_rtx (tem);
                   3988: 
                   3989:   tem = gen_rtx (MEM, GET_MODE (ad), tem);
                   3990:   RTX_UNCHANGING_P (tem) = RTX_UNCHANGING_P (regno_reg_rtx[regno]);
                   3991:   memlocs[n_memlocs++] = tem;
                   3992:   return tem;
                   3993: }
                   3994: 
                   3995: /* Record all reloads needed for handling memory address AD
                   3996:    which appears in *LOC in a memory reference to mode MODE
                   3997:    which itself is found in location  *MEMREFLOC.
                   3998:    Note that we take shortcuts assuming that no multi-reg machine mode
                   3999:    occurs as part of an address.
                   4000: 
1.1.1.5   root     4001:    OPNUM and TYPE specify the purpose of this reload.
1.1       root     4002: 
                   4003:    IND_LEVELS says how many levels of indirect addressing this machine
                   4004:    supports.
                   4005: 
                   4006:    Value is nonzero if this address is reloaded or replaced as a whole.
                   4007:    This is interesting to the caller if the address is an autoincrement.
                   4008: 
                   4009:    Note that there is no verification that the address will be valid after
                   4010:    this routine does its work.  Instead, we rely on the fact that the address
                   4011:    was valid when reload started.  So we need only undo things that reload
                   4012:    could have broken.  These are wrong register types, pseudos not allocated
                   4013:    to a hard register, and frame pointer elimination.  */
                   4014: 
                   4015: static int
1.1.1.5   root     4016: find_reloads_address (mode, memrefloc, ad, loc, opnum, type, ind_levels)
1.1       root     4017:      enum machine_mode mode;
                   4018:      rtx *memrefloc;
                   4019:      rtx ad;
                   4020:      rtx *loc;
1.1.1.5   root     4021:      int opnum;
                   4022:      enum reload_type type;
1.1       root     4023:      int ind_levels;
                   4024: {
                   4025:   register int regno;
                   4026:   rtx tem;
                   4027: 
                   4028:   /* If the address is a register, see if it is a legitimate address and
                   4029:      reload if not.  We first handle the cases where we need not reload
                   4030:      or where we must reload in a non-standard way.  */
                   4031: 
                   4032:   if (GET_CODE (ad) == REG)
                   4033:     {
                   4034:       regno = REGNO (ad);
                   4035: 
                   4036:       if (reg_equiv_constant[regno] != 0
                   4037:          && strict_memory_address_p (mode, reg_equiv_constant[regno]))
                   4038:        {
                   4039:          *loc = ad = reg_equiv_constant[regno];
                   4040:          return 1;
                   4041:        }
                   4042: 
                   4043:       else if (reg_equiv_address[regno] != 0)
                   4044:        {
                   4045:          tem = make_memloc (ad, regno);
1.1.1.4   root     4046:          find_reloads_address (GET_MODE (tem), NULL_PTR, XEXP (tem, 0),
1.1.1.5   root     4047:                                &XEXP (tem, 0), opnum, type, ind_levels);
1.1.1.4   root     4048:          push_reload (tem, NULL_RTX, loc, NULL_PTR, BASE_REG_CLASS,
1.1       root     4049:                       GET_MODE (ad), VOIDmode, 0, 0,
1.1.1.5   root     4050:                       opnum, type);
1.1       root     4051:          return 1;
                   4052:        }
                   4053: 
1.1.1.5   root     4054:       /* We can avoid a reload if the register's equivalent memory expression
1.1.1.6   root     4055:         is valid as an indirect memory address.
                   4056:         But not all addresses are valid in a mem used as an indirect address:
                   4057:         only reg or reg+constant.  */
1.1       root     4058: 
1.1.1.5   root     4059:       else if (reg_equiv_mem[regno] != 0 && ind_levels > 0
1.1.1.6   root     4060:               && strict_memory_address_p (mode, reg_equiv_mem[regno])
                   4061:               && (GET_CODE (XEXP (reg_equiv_mem[regno], 0)) == REG
                   4062:                   || (GET_CODE (XEXP (reg_equiv_mem[regno], 0)) == PLUS
                   4063:                       && GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (reg_equiv_mem[regno], 0), 0)) == REG
                   4064:                       && CONSTANT_P (XEXP (XEXP (reg_equiv_mem[regno], 0), 0)))))
1.1.1.5   root     4065:        return 0;
1.1       root     4066: 
                   4067:       /* The only remaining case where we can avoid a reload is if this is a
                   4068:         hard register that is valid as a base register and which is not the
                   4069:         subject of a CLOBBER in this insn.  */
                   4070: 
                   4071:       else if (regno < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER && REGNO_OK_FOR_BASE_P (regno)
                   4072:               && ! regno_clobbered_p (regno, this_insn))
                   4073:        return 0;
                   4074: 
                   4075:       /* If we do not have one of the cases above, we must do the reload.  */
1.1.1.4   root     4076:       push_reload (ad, NULL_RTX, loc, NULL_PTR, BASE_REG_CLASS,
1.1.1.5   root     4077:                   GET_MODE (ad), VOIDmode, 0, 0, opnum, type);
1.1       root     4078:       return 1;
                   4079:     }
                   4080: 
                   4081:   if (strict_memory_address_p (mode, ad))
                   4082:     {
                   4083:       /* The address appears valid, so reloads are not needed.
                   4084:         But the address may contain an eliminable register.
                   4085:         This can happen because a machine with indirect addressing
                   4086:         may consider a pseudo register by itself a valid address even when
                   4087:         it has failed to get a hard reg.
                   4088:         So do a tree-walk to find and eliminate all such regs.  */
                   4089: 
                   4090:       /* But first quickly dispose of a common case.  */
                   4091:       if (GET_CODE (ad) == PLUS
                   4092:          && GET_CODE (XEXP (ad, 1)) == CONST_INT
                   4093:          && GET_CODE (XEXP (ad, 0)) == REG
                   4094:          && reg_equiv_constant[REGNO (XEXP (ad, 0))] == 0)
                   4095:        return 0;
                   4096: 
                   4097:       subst_reg_equivs_changed = 0;
                   4098:       *loc = subst_reg_equivs (ad);
                   4099: 
                   4100:       if (! subst_reg_equivs_changed)
                   4101:        return 0;
                   4102: 
                   4103:       /* Check result for validity after substitution.  */
                   4104:       if (strict_memory_address_p (mode, ad))
                   4105:        return 0;
                   4106:     }
                   4107: 
                   4108:   /* The address is not valid.  We have to figure out why.  One possibility
                   4109:      is that it is itself a MEM.  This can happen when the frame pointer is
                   4110:      being eliminated, a pseudo is not allocated to a hard register, and the
                   4111:      offset between the frame and stack pointers is not its initial value.
1.1.1.2   root     4112:      In that case the pseudo will have been replaced by a MEM referring to
1.1       root     4113:      the stack pointer.  */
                   4114:   if (GET_CODE (ad) == MEM)
                   4115:     {
                   4116:       /* First ensure that the address in this MEM is valid.  Then, unless
                   4117:         indirect addresses are valid, reload the MEM into a register.  */
                   4118:       tem = ad;
                   4119:       find_reloads_address (GET_MODE (ad), &tem, XEXP (ad, 0), &XEXP (ad, 0),
1.1.1.5   root     4120:                            opnum, type, ind_levels == 0 ? 0 : ind_levels - 1);
1.1.1.4   root     4121: 
                   4122:       /* If tem was changed, then we must create a new memory reference to
                   4123:         hold it and store it back into memrefloc.  */
                   4124:       if (tem != ad && memrefloc)
                   4125:        {
                   4126:          *memrefloc = copy_rtx (*memrefloc);
                   4127:          copy_replacements (tem, XEXP (*memrefloc, 0));
                   4128:          loc = &XEXP (*memrefloc, 0);
                   4129:        }
                   4130: 
1.1       root     4131:       /* Check similar cases as for indirect addresses as above except
                   4132:         that we can allow pseudos and a MEM since they should have been
                   4133:         taken care of above.  */
                   4134: 
                   4135:       if (ind_levels == 0
                   4136:          || (GET_CODE (XEXP (tem, 0)) == SYMBOL_REF && ! indirect_symref_ok)
                   4137:          || GET_CODE (XEXP (tem, 0)) == MEM
                   4138:          || ! (GET_CODE (XEXP (tem, 0)) == REG
                   4139:                || (GET_CODE (XEXP (tem, 0)) == PLUS
                   4140:                    && GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (tem, 0), 0)) == REG
                   4141:                    && GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (tem, 0), 1)) == CONST_INT)))
                   4142:        {
                   4143:          /* Must use TEM here, not AD, since it is the one that will
                   4144:             have any subexpressions reloaded, if needed.  */
1.1.1.4   root     4145:          push_reload (tem, NULL_RTX, loc, NULL_PTR,
1.1       root     4146:                       BASE_REG_CLASS, GET_MODE (tem), VOIDmode, 0,
1.1.1.5   root     4147:                       0, opnum, type);
1.1       root     4148:          return 1;
                   4149:        }
                   4150:       else
                   4151:        return 0;
                   4152:     }
                   4153: 
                   4154:   /* If we have address of a stack slot but it's not valid
                   4155:      (displacement is too large), compute the sum in a register.  */
                   4156:   else if (GET_CODE (ad) == PLUS
                   4157:           && (XEXP (ad, 0) == frame_pointer_rtx
1.1.1.6   root     4158: #if HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM != FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
                   4159:               || XEXP (ad, 0) == hard_frame_pointer_rtx
                   4160: #endif
1.1       root     4161: #if FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM != ARG_POINTER_REGNUM
                   4162:               || XEXP (ad, 0) == arg_pointer_rtx
                   4163: #endif
                   4164:               || XEXP (ad, 0) == stack_pointer_rtx)
                   4165:           && GET_CODE (XEXP (ad, 1)) == CONST_INT)
                   4166:     {
                   4167:       /* Unshare the MEM rtx so we can safely alter it.  */
                   4168:       if (memrefloc)
                   4169:        {
                   4170:          *memrefloc = copy_rtx (*memrefloc);
                   4171:          loc = &XEXP (*memrefloc, 0);
                   4172:        }
                   4173:       if (double_reg_address_ok)
                   4174:        {
                   4175:          /* Unshare the sum as well.  */
                   4176:          *loc = ad = copy_rtx (ad);
                   4177:          /* Reload the displacement into an index reg.
                   4178:             We assume the frame pointer or arg pointer is a base reg.  */
                   4179:          find_reloads_address_part (XEXP (ad, 1), &XEXP (ad, 1),
1.1.1.5   root     4180:                                     INDEX_REG_CLASS, GET_MODE (ad), opnum,
                   4181:                                     type, ind_levels);
1.1       root     4182:        }
                   4183:       else
                   4184:        {
                   4185:          /* If the sum of two regs is not necessarily valid,
                   4186:             reload the sum into a base reg.
                   4187:             That will at least work.  */
                   4188:          find_reloads_address_part (ad, loc, BASE_REG_CLASS, Pmode,
1.1.1.5   root     4189:                                     opnum, type, ind_levels);
1.1       root     4190:        }
                   4191:       return 1;
                   4192:     }
                   4193: 
                   4194:   /* If we have an indexed stack slot, there are three possible reasons why
                   4195:      it might be invalid: The index might need to be reloaded, the address
                   4196:      might have been made by frame pointer elimination and hence have a
                   4197:      constant out of range, or both reasons might apply.  
                   4198: 
                   4199:      We can easily check for an index needing reload, but even if that is the
                   4200:      case, we might also have an invalid constant.  To avoid making the
                   4201:      conservative assumption and requiring two reloads, we see if this address
                   4202:      is valid when not interpreted strictly.  If it is, the only problem is
                   4203:      that the index needs a reload and find_reloads_address_1 will take care
                   4204:      of it.
                   4205: 
                   4206:      There is still a case when we might generate an extra reload,
                   4207:      however.  In certain cases eliminate_regs will return a MEM for a REG
                   4208:      (see the code there for details).  In those cases, memory_address_p
                   4209:      applied to our address will return 0 so we will think that our offset
                   4210:      must be too large.  But it might indeed be valid and the only problem
                   4211:      is that a MEM is present where a REG should be.  This case should be
                   4212:      very rare and there doesn't seem to be any way to avoid it.
                   4213: 
                   4214:      If we decide to do something here, it must be that
                   4215:      `double_reg_address_ok' is true and that this address rtl was made by
                   4216:      eliminate_regs.  We generate a reload of the fp/sp/ap + constant and
                   4217:      rework the sum so that the reload register will be added to the index.
                   4218:      This is safe because we know the address isn't shared.
                   4219: 
                   4220:      We check for fp/ap/sp as both the first and second operand of the
                   4221:      innermost PLUS.  */
                   4222: 
                   4223:   else if (GET_CODE (ad) == PLUS && GET_CODE (XEXP (ad, 1)) == CONST_INT
                   4224:           && GET_CODE (XEXP (ad, 0)) == PLUS
                   4225:           && (XEXP (XEXP (ad, 0), 0) == frame_pointer_rtx
1.1.1.6   root     4226: #if FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM != HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
                   4227:               || XEXP (XEXP (ad, 0), 0) == hard_frame_pointer_rtx
                   4228: #endif
1.1       root     4229: #if FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM != ARG_POINTER_REGNUM
                   4230:               || XEXP (XEXP (ad, 0), 0) == arg_pointer_rtx
                   4231: #endif
                   4232:               || XEXP (XEXP (ad, 0), 0) == stack_pointer_rtx)
                   4233:           && ! memory_address_p (mode, ad))
                   4234:     {
                   4235:       *loc = ad = gen_rtx (PLUS, GET_MODE (ad),
                   4236:                           plus_constant (XEXP (XEXP (ad, 0), 0),
                   4237:                                          INTVAL (XEXP (ad, 1))),
                   4238:                           XEXP (XEXP (ad, 0), 1));
                   4239:       find_reloads_address_part (XEXP (ad, 0), &XEXP (ad, 0), BASE_REG_CLASS,
1.1.1.5   root     4240:                                 GET_MODE (ad), opnum, type, ind_levels);
                   4241:       find_reloads_address_1 (XEXP (ad, 1), 1, &XEXP (ad, 1), opnum, type, 0);
1.1       root     4242: 
                   4243:       return 1;
                   4244:     }
                   4245:                           
                   4246:   else if (GET_CODE (ad) == PLUS && GET_CODE (XEXP (ad, 1)) == CONST_INT
                   4247:           && GET_CODE (XEXP (ad, 0)) == PLUS
                   4248:           && (XEXP (XEXP (ad, 0), 1) == frame_pointer_rtx
1.1.1.6   root     4249: #if HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM != FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
                   4250:               || XEXP (XEXP (ad, 0), 1) == hard_frame_pointer_rtx
                   4251: #endif
1.1       root     4252: #if FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM != ARG_POINTER_REGNUM
                   4253:               || XEXP (XEXP (ad, 0), 1) == arg_pointer_rtx
                   4254: #endif
                   4255:               || XEXP (XEXP (ad, 0), 1) == stack_pointer_rtx)
                   4256:           && ! memory_address_p (mode, ad))
                   4257:     {
                   4258:       *loc = ad = gen_rtx (PLUS, GET_MODE (ad),
1.1.1.7 ! root     4259:                           XEXP (XEXP (ad, 0), 0),
1.1       root     4260:                           plus_constant (XEXP (XEXP (ad, 0), 1),
1.1.1.7 ! root     4261:                                          INTVAL (XEXP (ad, 1))));
        !          4262:       find_reloads_address_part (XEXP (ad, 1), &XEXP (ad, 1), BASE_REG_CLASS,
1.1.1.5   root     4263:                                 GET_MODE (ad), opnum, type, ind_levels);
1.1.1.7 ! root     4264:       find_reloads_address_1 (XEXP (ad, 0), 1, &XEXP (ad, 0), opnum, type, 0);
1.1       root     4265: 
                   4266:       return 1;
                   4267:     }
                   4268:                           
                   4269:   /* See if address becomes valid when an eliminable register
                   4270:      in a sum is replaced.  */
                   4271: 
                   4272:   tem = ad;
                   4273:   if (GET_CODE (ad) == PLUS)
                   4274:     tem = subst_indexed_address (ad);
                   4275:   if (tem != ad && strict_memory_address_p (mode, tem))
                   4276:     {
                   4277:       /* Ok, we win that way.  Replace any additional eliminable
                   4278:         registers.  */
                   4279: 
                   4280:       subst_reg_equivs_changed = 0;
                   4281:       tem = subst_reg_equivs (tem);
                   4282: 
                   4283:       /* Make sure that didn't make the address invalid again.  */
                   4284: 
                   4285:       if (! subst_reg_equivs_changed || strict_memory_address_p (mode, tem))
                   4286:        {
                   4287:          *loc = tem;
                   4288:          return 0;
                   4289:        }
                   4290:     }
                   4291: 
                   4292:   /* If constants aren't valid addresses, reload the constant address
                   4293:      into a register.  */
1.1.1.4   root     4294:   if (CONSTANT_P (ad) && ! strict_memory_address_p (mode, ad))
1.1       root     4295:     {
                   4296:       /* If AD is in address in the constant pool, the MEM rtx may be shared.
                   4297:         Unshare it so we can safely alter it.  */
                   4298:       if (memrefloc && GET_CODE (ad) == SYMBOL_REF
                   4299:          && CONSTANT_POOL_ADDRESS_P (ad))
                   4300:        {
                   4301:          *memrefloc = copy_rtx (*memrefloc);
                   4302:          loc = &XEXP (*memrefloc, 0);
                   4303:        }
                   4304: 
1.1.1.5   root     4305:       find_reloads_address_part (ad, loc, BASE_REG_CLASS, Pmode, opnum, type,
1.1       root     4306:                                 ind_levels);
                   4307:       return 1;
                   4308:     }
                   4309: 
1.1.1.5   root     4310:   return find_reloads_address_1 (ad, 0, loc, opnum, type, ind_levels);
1.1       root     4311: }
                   4312: 
                   4313: /* Find all pseudo regs appearing in AD
                   4314:    that are eliminable in favor of equivalent values
                   4315:    and do not have hard regs; replace them by their equivalents.  */
                   4316: 
                   4317: static rtx
                   4318: subst_reg_equivs (ad)
                   4319:      rtx ad;
                   4320: {
                   4321:   register RTX_CODE code = GET_CODE (ad);
                   4322:   register int i;
                   4323:   register char *fmt;
                   4324: 
                   4325:   switch (code)
                   4326:     {
                   4327:     case HIGH:
                   4328:     case CONST_INT:
                   4329:     case CONST:
                   4330:     case CONST_DOUBLE:
                   4331:     case SYMBOL_REF:
                   4332:     case LABEL_REF:
                   4333:     case PC:
                   4334:     case CC0:
                   4335:       return ad;
                   4336: 
                   4337:     case REG:
                   4338:       {
                   4339:        register int regno = REGNO (ad);
                   4340: 
                   4341:        if (reg_equiv_constant[regno] != 0)
                   4342:          {
                   4343:            subst_reg_equivs_changed = 1;
                   4344:            return reg_equiv_constant[regno];
                   4345:          }
                   4346:       }
                   4347:       return ad;
                   4348: 
                   4349:     case PLUS:
                   4350:       /* Quickly dispose of a common case.  */
                   4351:       if (XEXP (ad, 0) == frame_pointer_rtx
                   4352:          && GET_CODE (XEXP (ad, 1)) == CONST_INT)
                   4353:        return ad;
                   4354:     }
                   4355: 
                   4356:   fmt = GET_RTX_FORMAT (code);
                   4357:   for (i = GET_RTX_LENGTH (code) - 1; i >= 0; i--)
                   4358:     if (fmt[i] == 'e')
                   4359:       XEXP (ad, i) = subst_reg_equivs (XEXP (ad, i));
                   4360:   return ad;
                   4361: }
                   4362: 
                   4363: /* Compute the sum of X and Y, making canonicalizations assumed in an
                   4364:    address, namely: sum constant integers, surround the sum of two
                   4365:    constants with a CONST, put the constant as the second operand, and
                   4366:    group the constant on the outermost sum.
                   4367: 
                   4368:    This routine assumes both inputs are already in canonical form.  */
                   4369: 
                   4370: rtx
                   4371: form_sum (x, y)
                   4372:      rtx x, y;
                   4373: {
                   4374:   rtx tem;
1.1.1.5   root     4375:   enum machine_mode mode = GET_MODE (x);
                   4376: 
                   4377:   if (mode == VOIDmode)
                   4378:     mode = GET_MODE (y);
                   4379: 
                   4380:   if (mode == VOIDmode)
                   4381:     mode = Pmode;
1.1       root     4382: 
                   4383:   if (GET_CODE (x) == CONST_INT)
                   4384:     return plus_constant (y, INTVAL (x));
                   4385:   else if (GET_CODE (y) == CONST_INT)
                   4386:     return plus_constant (x, INTVAL (y));
                   4387:   else if (CONSTANT_P (x))
                   4388:     tem = x, x = y, y = tem;
                   4389: 
                   4390:   if (GET_CODE (x) == PLUS && CONSTANT_P (XEXP (x, 1)))
                   4391:     return form_sum (XEXP (x, 0), form_sum (XEXP (x, 1), y));
                   4392: 
                   4393:   /* Note that if the operands of Y are specified in the opposite
                   4394:      order in the recursive calls below, infinite recursion will occur.  */
                   4395:   if (GET_CODE (y) == PLUS && CONSTANT_P (XEXP (y, 1)))
                   4396:     return form_sum (form_sum (x, XEXP (y, 0)), XEXP (y, 1));
                   4397: 
                   4398:   /* If both constant, encapsulate sum.  Otherwise, just form sum.  A
                   4399:      constant will have been placed second.  */
                   4400:   if (CONSTANT_P (x) && CONSTANT_P (y))
                   4401:     {
                   4402:       if (GET_CODE (x) == CONST)
                   4403:        x = XEXP (x, 0);
                   4404:       if (GET_CODE (y) == CONST)
                   4405:        y = XEXP (y, 0);
                   4406: 
1.1.1.5   root     4407:       return gen_rtx (CONST, VOIDmode, gen_rtx (PLUS, mode, x, y));
1.1       root     4408:     }
                   4409: 
1.1.1.5   root     4410:   return gen_rtx (PLUS, mode, x, y);
1.1       root     4411: }
                   4412: 
                   4413: /* If ADDR is a sum containing a pseudo register that should be
                   4414:    replaced with a constant (from reg_equiv_constant),
                   4415:    return the result of doing so, and also apply the associative
                   4416:    law so that the result is more likely to be a valid address.
                   4417:    (But it is not guaranteed to be one.)
                   4418: 
                   4419:    Note that at most one register is replaced, even if more are
                   4420:    replaceable.  Also, we try to put the result into a canonical form
                   4421:    so it is more likely to be a valid address.
                   4422: 
                   4423:    In all other cases, return ADDR.  */
                   4424: 
                   4425: static rtx
                   4426: subst_indexed_address (addr)
                   4427:      rtx addr;
                   4428: {
                   4429:   rtx op0 = 0, op1 = 0, op2 = 0;
                   4430:   rtx tem;
                   4431:   int regno;
                   4432: 
                   4433:   if (GET_CODE (addr) == PLUS)
                   4434:     {
                   4435:       /* Try to find a register to replace.  */
                   4436:       op0 = XEXP (addr, 0), op1 = XEXP (addr, 1), op2 = 0;
                   4437:       if (GET_CODE (op0) == REG
                   4438:          && (regno = REGNO (op0)) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
                   4439:          && reg_renumber[regno] < 0
                   4440:          && reg_equiv_constant[regno] != 0)
                   4441:        op0 = reg_equiv_constant[regno];
                   4442:       else if (GET_CODE (op1) == REG
                   4443:          && (regno = REGNO (op1)) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
                   4444:          && reg_renumber[regno] < 0
                   4445:          && reg_equiv_constant[regno] != 0)
                   4446:        op1 = reg_equiv_constant[regno];
                   4447:       else if (GET_CODE (op0) == PLUS
                   4448:               && (tem = subst_indexed_address (op0)) != op0)
                   4449:        op0 = tem;
                   4450:       else if (GET_CODE (op1) == PLUS
                   4451:               && (tem = subst_indexed_address (op1)) != op1)
                   4452:        op1 = tem;
                   4453:       else
                   4454:        return addr;
                   4455: 
                   4456:       /* Pick out up to three things to add.  */
                   4457:       if (GET_CODE (op1) == PLUS)
                   4458:        op2 = XEXP (op1, 1), op1 = XEXP (op1, 0);
                   4459:       else if (GET_CODE (op0) == PLUS)
                   4460:        op2 = op1, op1 = XEXP (op0, 1), op0 = XEXP (op0, 0);
                   4461: 
                   4462:       /* Compute the sum.  */
                   4463:       if (op2 != 0)
                   4464:        op1 = form_sum (op1, op2);
                   4465:       if (op1 != 0)
                   4466:        op0 = form_sum (op0, op1);
                   4467: 
                   4468:       return op0;
                   4469:     }
                   4470:   return addr;
                   4471: }
                   4472: 
                   4473: /* Record the pseudo registers we must reload into hard registers
                   4474:    in a subexpression of a would-be memory address, X.
                   4475:    (This function is not called if the address we find is strictly valid.)
                   4476:    CONTEXT = 1 means we are considering regs as index regs,
                   4477:    = 0 means we are considering them as base regs.
                   4478: 
1.1.1.5   root     4479:    OPNUM and TYPE specify the purpose of any reloads made.
1.1       root     4480: 
                   4481:    IND_LEVELS says how many levels of indirect addressing are
                   4482:    supported at this point in the address.
                   4483: 
                   4484:    We return nonzero if X, as a whole, is reloaded or replaced.  */
                   4485: 
                   4486: /* Note that we take shortcuts assuming that no multi-reg machine mode
                   4487:    occurs as part of an address.
                   4488:    Also, this is not fully machine-customizable; it works for machines
                   4489:    such as vaxes and 68000's and 32000's, but other possible machines
                   4490:    could have addressing modes that this does not handle right.  */
                   4491: 
                   4492: static int
1.1.1.5   root     4493: find_reloads_address_1 (x, context, loc, opnum, type, ind_levels)
1.1       root     4494:      rtx x;
                   4495:      int context;
                   4496:      rtx *loc;
1.1.1.5   root     4497:      int opnum;
                   4498:      enum reload_type type;
1.1       root     4499:      int ind_levels;
                   4500: {
                   4501:   register RTX_CODE code = GET_CODE (x);
                   4502: 
1.1.1.7 ! root     4503:   switch (code)
1.1       root     4504:     {
1.1.1.7 ! root     4505:     case PLUS:
        !          4506:       {
        !          4507:        register rtx orig_op0 = XEXP (x, 0);
        !          4508:        register rtx orig_op1 = XEXP (x, 1);
        !          4509:        register RTX_CODE code0 = GET_CODE (orig_op0);
        !          4510:        register RTX_CODE code1 = GET_CODE (orig_op1);
        !          4511:        register rtx op0 = orig_op0;
        !          4512:        register rtx op1 = orig_op1;
1.1.1.6   root     4513: 
1.1.1.7 ! root     4514:        if (GET_CODE (op0) == SUBREG)
        !          4515:          {
        !          4516:            op0 = SUBREG_REG (op0);
        !          4517:            code0 = GET_CODE (op0);
        !          4518:          }
1.1.1.6   root     4519: 
1.1.1.7 ! root     4520:        if (GET_CODE (op1) == SUBREG)
        !          4521:          {
        !          4522:            op1 = SUBREG_REG (op1);
        !          4523:            code1 = GET_CODE (op1);
        !          4524:          }
        !          4525: 
        !          4526:        if (code0 == MULT || code0 == SIGN_EXTEND || code1 == MEM)
        !          4527:          {
        !          4528:            find_reloads_address_1 (orig_op0, 1, &XEXP (x, 0), opnum, type,
1.1.1.5   root     4529:                                    ind_levels);
1.1.1.7 ! root     4530:            find_reloads_address_1 (orig_op1, 0, &XEXP (x, 1), opnum, type,
1.1.1.5   root     4531:                                    ind_levels);
1.1.1.7 ! root     4532:          }
        !          4533: 
        !          4534:        else if (code1 == MULT || code1 == SIGN_EXTEND || code0 == MEM)
        !          4535:          {
1.1.1.6   root     4536:            find_reloads_address_1 (orig_op0, 0, &XEXP (x, 0), opnum, type,
1.1.1.5   root     4537:                                    ind_levels);
1.1.1.7 ! root     4538:            find_reloads_address_1 (orig_op1, 1, &XEXP (x, 1), opnum, type,
1.1.1.5   root     4539:                                    ind_levels);
1.1.1.7 ! root     4540:          }
        !          4541: 
        !          4542:        else if (code0 == CONST_INT || code0 == CONST
        !          4543:                 || code0 == SYMBOL_REF || code0 == LABEL_REF)
1.1.1.6   root     4544:          find_reloads_address_1 (orig_op1, 0, &XEXP (x, 1), opnum, type,
1.1.1.5   root     4545:                                  ind_levels);
1.1.1.7 ! root     4546: 
        !          4547:        else if (code1 == CONST_INT || code1 == CONST
        !          4548:                 || code1 == SYMBOL_REF || code1 == LABEL_REF)
1.1.1.6   root     4549:          find_reloads_address_1 (orig_op0, 0, &XEXP (x, 0), opnum, type,
1.1.1.5   root     4550:                                  ind_levels);
1.1.1.7 ! root     4551: 
        !          4552:        else if (code0 == REG && code1 == REG)
        !          4553:          {
        !          4554:            if (REG_OK_FOR_INDEX_P (op0)
        !          4555:                && REG_OK_FOR_BASE_P (op1))
        !          4556:              return 0;
        !          4557:            else if (REG_OK_FOR_INDEX_P (op1)
        !          4558:                     && REG_OK_FOR_BASE_P (op0))
        !          4559:              return 0;
        !          4560:            else if (REG_OK_FOR_BASE_P (op1))
        !          4561:              find_reloads_address_1 (orig_op0, 1, &XEXP (x, 0), opnum, type, 
        !          4562:                                      ind_levels);
        !          4563:            else if (REG_OK_FOR_BASE_P (op0))
        !          4564:              find_reloads_address_1 (orig_op1, 1, &XEXP (x, 1), opnum, type,
        !          4565:                                      ind_levels);
        !          4566:            else if (REG_OK_FOR_INDEX_P (op1))
        !          4567:              find_reloads_address_1 (orig_op0, 0, &XEXP (x, 0), opnum, type,
        !          4568:                                      ind_levels);
        !          4569:            else if (REG_OK_FOR_INDEX_P (op0))
        !          4570:            find_reloads_address_1 (orig_op1, 0, &XEXP (x, 1), opnum, type,
        !          4571:                                    ind_levels);
        !          4572:            else
        !          4573:              {
        !          4574:                find_reloads_address_1 (orig_op0, 1, &XEXP (x, 0), opnum, type,
        !          4575:                                        ind_levels);
        !          4576:                find_reloads_address_1 (orig_op1, 0, &XEXP (x, 1), opnum, type,
        !          4577:                                        ind_levels);
        !          4578:              }
        !          4579:          }
        !          4580: 
        !          4581:        else if (code0 == REG)
        !          4582:          {
        !          4583:            find_reloads_address_1 (orig_op0, 1, &XEXP (x, 0), opnum, type,
        !          4584:                                    ind_levels);
        !          4585:            find_reloads_address_1 (orig_op1, 0, &XEXP (x, 1), opnum, type,
        !          4586:                                    ind_levels);
        !          4587:          }
        !          4588: 
        !          4589:        else if (code1 == REG)
        !          4590:          {
        !          4591:            find_reloads_address_1 (orig_op1, 1, &XEXP (x, 1), opnum, type,
        !          4592:                                    ind_levels);
        !          4593:            find_reloads_address_1 (orig_op0, 0, &XEXP (x, 0), opnum, type,
        !          4594:                                    ind_levels);
        !          4595:          }
        !          4596:       }
        !          4597: 
        !          4598:       return 0;
        !          4599: 
        !          4600:     case POST_INC:
        !          4601:     case POST_DEC:
        !          4602:     case PRE_INC:
        !          4603:     case PRE_DEC:
1.1       root     4604:       if (GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 0)) == REG)
                   4605:        {
                   4606:          register int regno = REGNO (XEXP (x, 0));
                   4607:          int value = 0;
                   4608:          rtx x_orig = x;
                   4609: 
                   4610:          /* A register that is incremented cannot be constant!  */
                   4611:          if (regno >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
                   4612:              && reg_equiv_constant[regno] != 0)
                   4613:            abort ();
                   4614: 
                   4615:          /* Handle a register that is equivalent to a memory location
                   4616:             which cannot be addressed directly.  */
                   4617:          if (reg_equiv_address[regno] != 0)
                   4618:            {
                   4619:              rtx tem = make_memloc (XEXP (x, 0), regno);
                   4620:              /* First reload the memory location's address.  */
                   4621:              find_reloads_address (GET_MODE (tem), 0, XEXP (tem, 0),
1.1.1.5   root     4622:                                    &XEXP (tem, 0), opnum, type, ind_levels);
1.1       root     4623:              /* Put this inside a new increment-expression.  */
                   4624:              x = gen_rtx (GET_CODE (x), GET_MODE (x), tem);
                   4625:              /* Proceed to reload that, as if it contained a register.  */
                   4626:            }
                   4627: 
                   4628:          /* If we have a hard register that is ok as an index,
                   4629:             don't make a reload.  If an autoincrement of a nice register
                   4630:             isn't "valid", it must be that no autoincrement is "valid".
                   4631:             If that is true and something made an autoincrement anyway,
                   4632:             this must be a special context where one is allowed.
                   4633:             (For example, a "push" instruction.)
                   4634:             We can't improve this address, so leave it alone.  */
                   4635: 
                   4636:          /* Otherwise, reload the autoincrement into a suitable hard reg
                   4637:             and record how much to increment by.  */
                   4638: 
                   4639:          if (reg_renumber[regno] >= 0)
                   4640:            regno = reg_renumber[regno];
                   4641:          if ((regno >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
                   4642:               || !(context ? REGNO_OK_FOR_INDEX_P (regno)
                   4643:                    : REGNO_OK_FOR_BASE_P (regno))))
                   4644:            {
                   4645:              register rtx link;
                   4646: 
                   4647:              int reloadnum
1.1.1.4   root     4648:                = push_reload (x, NULL_RTX, loc, NULL_PTR,
1.1       root     4649:                               context ? INDEX_REG_CLASS : BASE_REG_CLASS,
1.1.1.5   root     4650:                               GET_MODE (x), GET_MODE (x), VOIDmode, 0,
                   4651:                               opnum, type);
1.1       root     4652:              reload_inc[reloadnum]
                   4653:                = find_inc_amount (PATTERN (this_insn), XEXP (x_orig, 0));
                   4654: 
                   4655:              value = 1;
                   4656: 
                   4657: #ifdef AUTO_INC_DEC
                   4658:              /* Update the REG_INC notes.  */
                   4659: 
                   4660:              for (link = REG_NOTES (this_insn);
                   4661:                   link; link = XEXP (link, 1))
                   4662:                if (REG_NOTE_KIND (link) == REG_INC
                   4663:                    && REGNO (XEXP (link, 0)) == REGNO (XEXP (x_orig, 0)))
                   4664:                  push_replacement (&XEXP (link, 0), reloadnum, VOIDmode);
                   4665: #endif
                   4666:            }
                   4667:          return value;
                   4668:        }
1.1.1.7 ! root     4669: 
1.1       root     4670:       else if (GET_CODE (XEXP (x, 0)) == MEM)
                   4671:        {
                   4672:          /* This is probably the result of a substitution, by eliminate_regs,
                   4673:             of an equivalent address for a pseudo that was not allocated to a
                   4674:             hard register.  Verify that the specified address is valid and
                   4675:             reload it into a register.  */
                   4676:          rtx tem = XEXP (x, 0);
                   4677:          register rtx link;
                   4678:          int reloadnum;
                   4679: 
                   4680:          /* Since we know we are going to reload this item, don't decrement
                   4681:             for the indirection level.
                   4682: 
                   4683:             Note that this is actually conservative:  it would be slightly
                   4684:             more efficient to use the value of SPILL_INDIRECT_LEVELS from
                   4685:             reload1.c here.  */
                   4686:          find_reloads_address (GET_MODE (x), &XEXP (x, 0),
                   4687:                                XEXP (XEXP (x, 0), 0), &XEXP (XEXP (x, 0), 0),
1.1.1.5   root     4688:                                opnum, type, ind_levels);
1.1       root     4689: 
1.1.1.4   root     4690:          reloadnum = push_reload (x, NULL_RTX, loc, NULL_PTR,
1.1       root     4691:                                   context ? INDEX_REG_CLASS : BASE_REG_CLASS,
1.1.1.5   root     4692:                                   GET_MODE (x), VOIDmode, 0, 0, opnum, type);
1.1       root     4693:          reload_inc[reloadnum]
                   4694:            = find_inc_amount (PATTERN (this_insn), XEXP (x, 0));
                   4695: 
                   4696:          link = FIND_REG_INC_NOTE (this_insn, tem);
                   4697:          if (link != 0)
                   4698:            push_replacement (&XEXP (link, 0), reloadnum, VOIDmode);
                   4699: 
                   4700:          return 1;
                   4701:        }
1.1.1.7 ! root     4702:       return 0;
1.1       root     4703: 
1.1.1.7 ! root     4704:     case MEM:
        !          4705:       /* This is probably the result of a substitution, by eliminate_regs, of
        !          4706:         an equivalent address for a pseudo that was not allocated to a hard
        !          4707:         register.  Verify that the specified address is valid and reload it
        !          4708:         into a register.
        !          4709: 
        !          4710:         Since we know we are going to reload this item, don't decrement for
        !          4711:         the indirection level.
1.1       root     4712: 
                   4713:         Note that this is actually conservative:  it would be slightly more
                   4714:         efficient to use the value of SPILL_INDIRECT_LEVELS from
                   4715:         reload1.c here.  */
                   4716: 
                   4717:       find_reloads_address (GET_MODE (x), loc, XEXP (x, 0), &XEXP (x, 0),
1.1.1.5   root     4718:                            opnum, type, ind_levels);
1.1.1.4   root     4719:       push_reload (*loc, NULL_RTX, loc, NULL_PTR,
1.1       root     4720:                   context ? INDEX_REG_CLASS : BASE_REG_CLASS,
1.1.1.5   root     4721:                   GET_MODE (x), VOIDmode, 0, 0, opnum, type);
1.1       root     4722:       return 1;
                   4723: 
1.1.1.7 ! root     4724:     case REG:
        !          4725:       {
        !          4726:        register int regno = REGNO (x);
        !          4727: 
        !          4728:        if (reg_equiv_constant[regno] != 0)
        !          4729:          {
        !          4730:            find_reloads_address_part (reg_equiv_constant[regno], loc, 
        !          4731:                                       (context ? INDEX_REG_CLASS
        !          4732:                                        : BASE_REG_CLASS),
        !          4733:                                       GET_MODE (x), opnum, type, ind_levels);
        !          4734:            return 1;
        !          4735:          }
1.1       root     4736: 
                   4737: #if 0 /* This might screw code in reload1.c to delete prior output-reload
                   4738:         that feeds this insn.  */
1.1.1.7 ! root     4739:        if (reg_equiv_mem[regno] != 0)
        !          4740:          {
        !          4741:            push_reload (reg_equiv_mem[regno], NULL_RTX, loc, NULL_PTR,
        !          4742:                         context ? INDEX_REG_CLASS : BASE_REG_CLASS,
        !          4743:                         GET_MODE (x), VOIDmode, 0, 0, opnum, type);
        !          4744:            return 1;
        !          4745:          }
1.1       root     4746: #endif
                   4747: 
1.1.1.7 ! root     4748:        if (reg_equiv_address[regno] != 0)
        !          4749:          {
        !          4750:            x = make_memloc (x, regno);
        !          4751:            find_reloads_address (GET_MODE (x), 0, XEXP (x, 0), &XEXP (x, 0),
        !          4752:                                  opnum, type, ind_levels);
        !          4753:          }
1.1       root     4754: 
1.1.1.7 ! root     4755:        if (reg_renumber[regno] >= 0)
        !          4756:          regno = reg_renumber[regno];
        !          4757: 
        !          4758:        if ((regno >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
        !          4759:             || !(context ? REGNO_OK_FOR_INDEX_P (regno)
        !          4760:                  : REGNO_OK_FOR_BASE_P (regno))))
        !          4761:          {
        !          4762:            push_reload (x, NULL_RTX, loc, NULL_PTR,
        !          4763:                         context ? INDEX_REG_CLASS : BASE_REG_CLASS,
        !          4764:                         GET_MODE (x), VOIDmode, 0, 0, opnum, type);
        !          4765:            return 1;
        !          4766:          }
        !          4767: 
        !          4768:        /* If a register appearing in an address is the subject of a CLOBBER
        !          4769:           in this insn, reload it into some other register to be safe.
        !          4770:           The CLOBBER is supposed to make the register unavailable
        !          4771:           from before this insn to after it.  */
        !          4772:        if (regno_clobbered_p (regno, this_insn))
        !          4773:          {
        !          4774:            push_reload (x, NULL_RTX, loc, NULL_PTR,
        !          4775:                         context ? INDEX_REG_CLASS : BASE_REG_CLASS,
        !          4776:                         GET_MODE (x), VOIDmode, 0, 0, opnum, type);
        !          4777:            return 1;
        !          4778:          }
        !          4779:       }
        !          4780:       return 0;
        !          4781: 
        !          4782:     case SUBREG:
        !          4783:       /* If this is a SUBREG of a hard register and the resulting register is
        !          4784:         of the wrong class, reload the whole SUBREG.  This avoids needless
        !          4785:         copies if SUBREG_REG is multi-word.  */
        !          4786:       if (GET_CODE (SUBREG_REG (x)) == REG
        !          4787:          && REGNO (SUBREG_REG (x)) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
        !          4788:        {
        !          4789:          int regno = REGNO (SUBREG_REG (x)) + SUBREG_WORD (x);
        !          4790: 
        !          4791:          if (! (context ? REGNO_OK_FOR_INDEX_P (regno)
        !          4792:                 : REGNO_OK_FOR_BASE_P (regno)))
        !          4793:            {
        !          4794:              push_reload (x, NULL_RTX, loc, NULL_PTR,
        !          4795:                           context ? INDEX_REG_CLASS : BASE_REG_CLASS,
        !          4796:                           GET_MODE (x), VOIDmode, 0, 0, opnum, type);
        !          4797:              return 1;
        !          4798:            }
1.1       root     4799:        }
1.1.1.7 ! root     4800:       break;
1.1       root     4801:     }
                   4802: 
1.1.1.7 ! root     4803:   {
        !          4804:     register char *fmt = GET_RTX_FORMAT (code);
        !          4805:     register int i;
        !          4806: 
        !          4807:     for (i = GET_RTX_LENGTH (code) - 1; i >= 0; i--)
        !          4808:       {
        !          4809:        if (fmt[i] == 'e')
        !          4810:          find_reloads_address_1 (XEXP (x, i), context, &XEXP (x, i),
        !          4811:                                  opnum, type, ind_levels);
        !          4812:       }
        !          4813:   }
        !          4814: 
1.1       root     4815:   return 0;
                   4816: }
                   4817: 
                   4818: /* X, which is found at *LOC, is a part of an address that needs to be
                   4819:    reloaded into a register of class CLASS.  If X is a constant, or if
                   4820:    X is a PLUS that contains a constant, check that the constant is a
                   4821:    legitimate operand and that we are supposed to be able to load
                   4822:    it into the register.
                   4823: 
                   4824:    If not, force the constant into memory and reload the MEM instead.
                   4825: 
                   4826:    MODE is the mode to use, in case X is an integer constant.
                   4827: 
1.1.1.5   root     4828:    OPNUM and TYPE describe the purpose of any reloads made.
1.1       root     4829: 
                   4830:    IND_LEVELS says how many levels of indirect addressing this machine
                   4831:    supports.  */
                   4832: 
                   4833: static void
1.1.1.5   root     4834: find_reloads_address_part (x, loc, class, mode, opnum, type, ind_levels)
1.1       root     4835:      rtx x;
                   4836:      rtx *loc;
                   4837:      enum reg_class class;
                   4838:      enum machine_mode mode;
1.1.1.5   root     4839:      int opnum;
                   4840:      enum reload_type type;
1.1       root     4841:      int ind_levels;
                   4842: {
                   4843:   if (CONSTANT_P (x)
                   4844:       && (! LEGITIMATE_CONSTANT_P (x)
                   4845:          || PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS (x, class) == NO_REGS))
                   4846:     {
                   4847:       rtx tem = x = force_const_mem (mode, x);
                   4848:       find_reloads_address (mode, &tem, XEXP (tem, 0), &XEXP (tem, 0),
1.1.1.5   root     4849:                            opnum, type, ind_levels);
1.1       root     4850:     }
                   4851: 
                   4852:   else if (GET_CODE (x) == PLUS
                   4853:           && CONSTANT_P (XEXP (x, 1))
                   4854:           && (! LEGITIMATE_CONSTANT_P (XEXP (x, 1))
                   4855:               || PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS (XEXP (x, 1), class) == NO_REGS))
                   4856:     {
                   4857:       rtx tem = force_const_mem (GET_MODE (x), XEXP (x, 1));
                   4858: 
                   4859:       x = gen_rtx (PLUS, GET_MODE (x), XEXP (x, 0), tem);
                   4860:       find_reloads_address (mode, &tem, XEXP (tem, 0), &XEXP (tem, 0),
1.1.1.5   root     4861:                            opnum, type, ind_levels);
1.1       root     4862:     }
                   4863: 
1.1.1.4   root     4864:   push_reload (x, NULL_RTX, loc, NULL_PTR, class,
1.1.1.5   root     4865:               mode, VOIDmode, 0, 0, opnum, type);
1.1       root     4866: }
                   4867: 
1.1.1.5   root     4868: /* Substitute into the current INSN the registers into which we have reloaded
1.1       root     4869:    the things that need reloading.  The array `replacements'
                   4870:    says contains the locations of all pointers that must be changed
                   4871:    and says what to replace them with.
                   4872: 
                   4873:    Return the rtx that X translates into; usually X, but modified.  */
                   4874: 
                   4875: void
                   4876: subst_reloads ()
                   4877: {
                   4878:   register int i;
                   4879: 
                   4880:   for (i = 0; i < n_replacements; i++)
                   4881:     {
                   4882:       register struct replacement *r = &replacements[i];
                   4883:       register rtx reloadreg = reload_reg_rtx[r->what];
                   4884:       if (reloadreg)
                   4885:        {
                   4886:          /* Encapsulate RELOADREG so its machine mode matches what
1.1.1.6   root     4887:             used to be there.  Note that gen_lowpart_common will
                   4888:             do the wrong thing if RELOADREG is multi-word.  RELOADREG
                   4889:             will always be a REG here.  */
1.1       root     4890:          if (GET_MODE (reloadreg) != r->mode && r->mode != VOIDmode)
1.1.1.6   root     4891:            reloadreg = gen_rtx (REG, r->mode, REGNO (reloadreg));
1.1       root     4892: 
                   4893:          /* If we are putting this into a SUBREG and RELOADREG is a
                   4894:             SUBREG, we would be making nested SUBREGs, so we have to fix
                   4895:             this up.  Note that r->where == &SUBREG_REG (*r->subreg_loc).  */
                   4896: 
                   4897:          if (r->subreg_loc != 0 && GET_CODE (reloadreg) == SUBREG)
                   4898:            {
                   4899:              if (GET_MODE (*r->subreg_loc)
                   4900:                  == GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (reloadreg)))
                   4901:                *r->subreg_loc = SUBREG_REG (reloadreg);
                   4902:              else
                   4903:                {
                   4904:                  *r->where = SUBREG_REG (reloadreg);
                   4905:                  SUBREG_WORD (*r->subreg_loc) += SUBREG_WORD (reloadreg);
                   4906:                }
                   4907:            }
                   4908:          else
                   4909:            *r->where = reloadreg;
                   4910:        }
                   4911:       /* If reload got no reg and isn't optional, something's wrong.  */
                   4912:       else if (! reload_optional[r->what])
                   4913:        abort ();
                   4914:     }
                   4915: }
                   4916: 
                   4917: /* Make a copy of any replacements being done into X and move those copies
                   4918:    to locations in Y, a copy of X.  We only look at the highest level of
                   4919:    the RTL.  */
                   4920: 
                   4921: void
                   4922: copy_replacements (x, y)
                   4923:      rtx x;
                   4924:      rtx y;
                   4925: {
                   4926:   int i, j;
                   4927:   enum rtx_code code = GET_CODE (x);
                   4928:   char *fmt = GET_RTX_FORMAT (code);
                   4929:   struct replacement *r;
                   4930: 
                   4931:   /* We can't support X being a SUBREG because we might then need to know its
                   4932:      location if something inside it was replaced.  */
                   4933:   if (code == SUBREG)
                   4934:     abort ();
                   4935: 
                   4936:   for (i = GET_RTX_LENGTH (code) - 1; i >= 0; i--)
                   4937:     if (fmt[i] == 'e')
                   4938:       for (j = 0; j < n_replacements; j++)
                   4939:        {
                   4940:          if (replacements[j].subreg_loc == &XEXP (x, i))
                   4941:            {
                   4942:              r = &replacements[n_replacements++];
                   4943:              r->where = replacements[j].where;
                   4944:              r->subreg_loc = &XEXP (y, i);
                   4945:              r->what = replacements[j].what;
                   4946:              r->mode = replacements[j].mode;
                   4947:            }
                   4948:          else if (replacements[j].where == &XEXP (x, i))
                   4949:            {
                   4950:              r = &replacements[n_replacements++];
                   4951:              r->where = &XEXP (y, i);
                   4952:              r->subreg_loc = 0;
                   4953:              r->what = replacements[j].what;
                   4954:              r->mode = replacements[j].mode;
                   4955:            }
                   4956:        }
                   4957: }
                   4958: 
1.1.1.3   root     4959: /* If LOC was scheduled to be replaced by something, return the replacement.
                   4960:    Otherwise, return *LOC.  */
                   4961: 
                   4962: rtx
                   4963: find_replacement (loc)
                   4964:      rtx *loc;
                   4965: {
                   4966:   struct replacement *r;
                   4967: 
                   4968:   for (r = &replacements[0]; r < &replacements[n_replacements]; r++)
                   4969:     {
                   4970:       rtx reloadreg = reload_reg_rtx[r->what];
                   4971: 
                   4972:       if (reloadreg && r->where == loc)
                   4973:        {
                   4974:          if (r->mode != VOIDmode && GET_MODE (reloadreg) != r->mode)
                   4975:            reloadreg = gen_rtx (REG, r->mode, REGNO (reloadreg));
                   4976: 
                   4977:          return reloadreg;
                   4978:        }
                   4979:       else if (reloadreg && r->subreg_loc == loc)
                   4980:        {
                   4981:          /* RELOADREG must be either a REG or a SUBREG.
                   4982: 
                   4983:             ??? Is it actually still ever a SUBREG?  If so, why?  */
                   4984: 
                   4985:          if (GET_CODE (reloadreg) == REG)
                   4986:            return gen_rtx (REG, GET_MODE (*loc),
                   4987:                            REGNO (reloadreg) + SUBREG_WORD (*loc));
                   4988:          else if (GET_MODE (reloadreg) == GET_MODE (*loc))
                   4989:            return reloadreg;
                   4990:          else
                   4991:            return gen_rtx (SUBREG, GET_MODE (*loc), SUBREG_REG (reloadreg),
                   4992:                            SUBREG_WORD (reloadreg) + SUBREG_WORD (*loc));
                   4993:        }
                   4994:     }
                   4995: 
                   4996:   return *loc;
                   4997: }
                   4998: 
1.1       root     4999: /* Return nonzero if register in range [REGNO, ENDREGNO)
                   5000:    appears either explicitly or implicitly in X
1.1.1.6   root     5001:    other than being stored into (except for earlyclobber operands).
1.1       root     5002: 
                   5003:    References contained within the substructure at LOC do not count.
                   5004:    LOC may be zero, meaning don't ignore anything.
                   5005: 
                   5006:    This is similar to refers_to_regno_p in rtlanal.c except that we
                   5007:    look at equivalences for pseudos that didn't get hard registers.  */
                   5008: 
                   5009: int
                   5010: refers_to_regno_for_reload_p (regno, endregno, x, loc)
                   5011:      int regno, endregno;
                   5012:      rtx x;
                   5013:      rtx *loc;
                   5014: {
                   5015:   register int i;
                   5016:   register RTX_CODE code;
                   5017:   register char *fmt;
                   5018: 
                   5019:   if (x == 0)
                   5020:     return 0;
                   5021: 
                   5022:  repeat:
                   5023:   code = GET_CODE (x);
                   5024: 
                   5025:   switch (code)
                   5026:     {
                   5027:     case REG:
                   5028:       i = REGNO (x);
                   5029: 
1.1.1.3   root     5030:       /* If this is a pseudo, a hard register must not have been allocated.
                   5031:         X must therefore either be a constant or be in memory.  */
                   5032:       if (i >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
                   5033:        {
                   5034:          if (reg_equiv_memory_loc[i])
                   5035:            return refers_to_regno_for_reload_p (regno, endregno,
1.1.1.4   root     5036:                                                 reg_equiv_memory_loc[i],
                   5037:                                                 NULL_PTR);
1.1.1.3   root     5038: 
                   5039:          if (reg_equiv_constant[i])
                   5040:            return 0;
                   5041: 
                   5042:          abort ();
                   5043:        }
1.1       root     5044: 
                   5045:       return (endregno > i
                   5046:              && regno < i + (i < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER 
                   5047:                              ? HARD_REGNO_NREGS (i, GET_MODE (x))
                   5048:                              : 1));
                   5049: 
                   5050:     case SUBREG:
                   5051:       /* If this is a SUBREG of a hard reg, we can see exactly which
                   5052:         registers are being modified.  Otherwise, handle normally.  */
                   5053:       if (GET_CODE (SUBREG_REG (x)) == REG
                   5054:          && REGNO (SUBREG_REG (x)) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
                   5055:        {
                   5056:          int inner_regno = REGNO (SUBREG_REG (x)) + SUBREG_WORD (x);
                   5057:          int inner_endregno
                   5058:            = inner_regno + (inner_regno < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
                   5059:                             ? HARD_REGNO_NREGS (regno, GET_MODE (x)) : 1);
                   5060: 
                   5061:          return endregno > inner_regno && regno < inner_endregno;
                   5062:        }
                   5063:       break;
                   5064: 
                   5065:     case CLOBBER:
                   5066:     case SET:
                   5067:       if (&SET_DEST (x) != loc
                   5068:          /* Note setting a SUBREG counts as referring to the REG it is in for
                   5069:             a pseudo but not for hard registers since we can
                   5070:             treat each word individually.  */
                   5071:          && ((GET_CODE (SET_DEST (x)) == SUBREG
                   5072:               && loc != &SUBREG_REG (SET_DEST (x))
                   5073:               && GET_CODE (SUBREG_REG (SET_DEST (x))) == REG
                   5074:               && REGNO (SUBREG_REG (SET_DEST (x))) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
                   5075:               && refers_to_regno_for_reload_p (regno, endregno,
                   5076:                                                SUBREG_REG (SET_DEST (x)),
                   5077:                                                loc))
1.1.1.6   root     5078:              /* If the ouput is an earlyclobber operand, this is
                   5079:                 a conflict.  */
                   5080:              || ((GET_CODE (SET_DEST (x)) != REG
                   5081:                   || earlyclobber_operand_p (SET_DEST (x)))
1.1       root     5082:                  && refers_to_regno_for_reload_p (regno, endregno,
                   5083:                                                   SET_DEST (x), loc))))
                   5084:        return 1;
                   5085: 
                   5086:       if (code == CLOBBER || loc == &SET_SRC (x))
                   5087:        return 0;
                   5088:       x = SET_SRC (x);
                   5089:       goto repeat;
                   5090:     }
                   5091: 
                   5092:   /* X does not match, so try its subexpressions.  */
                   5093: 
                   5094:   fmt = GET_RTX_FORMAT (code);
                   5095:   for (i = GET_RTX_LENGTH (code) - 1; i >= 0; i--)
                   5096:     {
                   5097:       if (fmt[i] == 'e' && loc != &XEXP (x, i))
                   5098:        {
                   5099:          if (i == 0)
                   5100:            {
                   5101:              x = XEXP (x, 0);
                   5102:              goto repeat;
                   5103:            }
                   5104:          else
                   5105:            if (refers_to_regno_for_reload_p (regno, endregno,
                   5106:                                              XEXP (x, i), loc))
                   5107:              return 1;
                   5108:        }
                   5109:       else if (fmt[i] == 'E')
                   5110:        {
                   5111:          register int j;
                   5112:          for (j = XVECLEN (x, i) - 1; j >=0; j--)
                   5113:            if (loc != &XVECEXP (x, i, j)
                   5114:                && refers_to_regno_for_reload_p (regno, endregno,
                   5115:                                                 XVECEXP (x, i, j), loc))
                   5116:              return 1;
                   5117:        }
                   5118:     }
                   5119:   return 0;
                   5120: }
1.1.1.3   root     5121: 
                   5122: /* Nonzero if modifying X will affect IN.  If X is a register or a SUBREG,
                   5123:    we check if any register number in X conflicts with the relevant register
                   5124:    numbers.  If X is a constant, return 0.  If X is a MEM, return 1 iff IN
                   5125:    contains a MEM (we don't bother checking for memory addresses that can't
                   5126:    conflict because we expect this to be a rare case. 
                   5127: 
                   5128:    This function is similar to reg_overlap_mention_p in rtlanal.c except
                   5129:    that we look at equivalences for pseudos that didn't get hard registers.  */
                   5130: 
                   5131: int
                   5132: reg_overlap_mentioned_for_reload_p (x, in)
                   5133:      rtx x, in;
                   5134: {
                   5135:   int regno, endregno;
                   5136: 
                   5137:   if (GET_CODE (x) == SUBREG)
                   5138:     {
                   5139:       regno = REGNO (SUBREG_REG (x));
                   5140:       if (regno < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
                   5141:        regno += SUBREG_WORD (x);
                   5142:     }
                   5143:   else if (GET_CODE (x) == REG)
                   5144:     {
                   5145:       regno = REGNO (x);
                   5146: 
                   5147:       /* If this is a pseudo, it must not have been assigned a hard register.
                   5148:         Therefore, it must either be in memory or be a constant.  */
                   5149: 
                   5150:       if (regno >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
                   5151:        {
                   5152:          if (reg_equiv_memory_loc[regno])
                   5153:            return refers_to_mem_for_reload_p (in);
                   5154:          else if (reg_equiv_constant[regno])
                   5155:            return 0;
                   5156:          abort ();
                   5157:        }
                   5158:     }
                   5159:   else if (CONSTANT_P (x))
                   5160:     return 0;
                   5161:   else if (GET_CODE (x) == MEM)
                   5162:     return refers_to_mem_for_reload_p (in);
                   5163:   else if (GET_CODE (x) == SCRATCH || GET_CODE (x) == PC
                   5164:           || GET_CODE (x) == CC0)
                   5165:     return reg_mentioned_p (x, in);
                   5166:   else
                   5167:     abort ();
                   5168: 
                   5169:   endregno = regno + (regno < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
                   5170:                      ? HARD_REGNO_NREGS (regno, GET_MODE (x)) : 1);
                   5171: 
1.1.1.4   root     5172:   return refers_to_regno_for_reload_p (regno, endregno, in, NULL_PTR);
1.1.1.3   root     5173: }
                   5174: 
                   5175: /* Return nonzero if anything in X contains a MEM.  Look also for pseudo
                   5176:    registers.  */
                   5177: 
                   5178: int
                   5179: refers_to_mem_for_reload_p (x)
                   5180:      rtx x;
                   5181: {
                   5182:   char *fmt;
                   5183:   int i;
                   5184: 
                   5185:   if (GET_CODE (x) == MEM)
                   5186:     return 1;
                   5187: 
                   5188:   if (GET_CODE (x) == REG)
                   5189:     return (REGNO (x) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
                   5190:            && reg_equiv_memory_loc[REGNO (x)]);
                   5191:                        
                   5192:   fmt = GET_RTX_FORMAT (GET_CODE (x));
                   5193:   for (i = GET_RTX_LENGTH (GET_CODE (x)) - 1; i >= 0; i--)
                   5194:     if (fmt[i] == 'e'
                   5195:        && (GET_CODE (XEXP (x, i)) == MEM
                   5196:            || refers_to_mem_for_reload_p (XEXP (x, i))))
                   5197:       return 1;
                   5198:   
                   5199:   return 0;
                   5200: }
1.1       root     5201: 
                   5202: /* Check the insns before INSN to see if there is a suitable register
                   5203:    containing the same value as GOAL.
                   5204:    If OTHER is -1, look for a register in class CLASS.
                   5205:    Otherwise, just see if register number OTHER shares GOAL's value.
                   5206: 
                   5207:    Return an rtx for the register found, or zero if none is found.
                   5208: 
                   5209:    If RELOAD_REG_P is (short *)1,
                   5210:    we reject any hard reg that appears in reload_reg_rtx
                   5211:    because such a hard reg is also needed coming into this insn.
                   5212: 
                   5213:    If RELOAD_REG_P is any other nonzero value,
                   5214:    it is a vector indexed by hard reg number
                   5215:    and we reject any hard reg whose element in the vector is nonnegative
                   5216:    as well as any that appears in reload_reg_rtx.
                   5217: 
                   5218:    If GOAL is zero, then GOALREG is a register number; we look
                   5219:    for an equivalent for that register.
                   5220: 
                   5221:    MODE is the machine mode of the value we want an equivalence for.
                   5222:    If GOAL is nonzero and not VOIDmode, then it must have mode MODE.
                   5223: 
                   5224:    This function is used by jump.c as well as in the reload pass.
                   5225: 
                   5226:    If GOAL is the sum of the stack pointer and a constant, we treat it
                   5227:    as if it were a constant except that sp is required to be unchanging.  */
                   5228: 
                   5229: rtx
                   5230: find_equiv_reg (goal, insn, class, other, reload_reg_p, goalreg, mode)
                   5231:      register rtx goal;
                   5232:      rtx insn;
                   5233:      enum reg_class class;
                   5234:      register int other;
                   5235:      short *reload_reg_p;
                   5236:      int goalreg;
                   5237:      enum machine_mode mode;
                   5238: {
                   5239:   register rtx p = insn;
1.1.1.5   root     5240:   rtx goaltry, valtry, value, where;
1.1       root     5241:   register rtx pat;
                   5242:   register int regno = -1;
                   5243:   int valueno;
                   5244:   int goal_mem = 0;
                   5245:   int goal_const = 0;
                   5246:   int goal_mem_addr_varies = 0;
                   5247:   int need_stable_sp = 0;
                   5248:   int nregs;
                   5249:   int valuenregs;
                   5250: 
                   5251:   if (goal == 0)
                   5252:     regno = goalreg;
                   5253:   else if (GET_CODE (goal) == REG)
                   5254:     regno = REGNO (goal);
                   5255:   else if (GET_CODE (goal) == MEM)
                   5256:     {
                   5257:       enum rtx_code code = GET_CODE (XEXP (goal, 0));
                   5258:       if (MEM_VOLATILE_P (goal))
                   5259:        return 0;
                   5260:       if (flag_float_store && GET_MODE_CLASS (GET_MODE (goal)) == MODE_FLOAT)
                   5261:        return 0;
                   5262:       /* An address with side effects must be reexecuted.  */
                   5263:       switch (code)
                   5264:        {
                   5265:        case POST_INC:
                   5266:        case PRE_INC:
                   5267:        case POST_DEC:
                   5268:        case PRE_DEC:
                   5269:          return 0;
                   5270:        }
                   5271:       goal_mem = 1;
                   5272:     }
                   5273:   else if (CONSTANT_P (goal))
                   5274:     goal_const = 1;
                   5275:   else if (GET_CODE (goal) == PLUS
                   5276:           && XEXP (goal, 0) == stack_pointer_rtx
                   5277:           && CONSTANT_P (XEXP (goal, 1)))
                   5278:     goal_const = need_stable_sp = 1;
                   5279:   else
                   5280:     return 0;
                   5281: 
                   5282:   /* On some machines, certain regs must always be rejected
                   5283:      because they don't behave the way ordinary registers do.  */
                   5284:   
                   5285: #ifdef OVERLAPPING_REGNO_P
                   5286:    if (regno >= 0 && regno < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
                   5287:        && OVERLAPPING_REGNO_P (regno))
                   5288:      return 0;
                   5289: #endif      
                   5290: 
                   5291:   /* Scan insns back from INSN, looking for one that copies
                   5292:      a value into or out of GOAL.
                   5293:      Stop and give up if we reach a label.  */
                   5294: 
                   5295:   while (1)
                   5296:     {
                   5297:       p = PREV_INSN (p);
                   5298:       if (p == 0 || GET_CODE (p) == CODE_LABEL)
                   5299:        return 0;
                   5300:       if (GET_CODE (p) == INSN
                   5301:          /* If we don't want spill regs ... */
1.1.1.5   root     5302:          && (! (reload_reg_p != 0
                   5303:                 && reload_reg_p != (short *) (HOST_WIDE_INT) 1)
1.1       root     5304:          /* ... then ignore insns introduced by reload; they aren't useful
                   5305:             and can cause results in reload_as_needed to be different
                   5306:             from what they were when calculating the need for spills.
                   5307:             If we notice an input-reload insn here, we will reject it below,
                   5308:             but it might hide a usable equivalent.  That makes bad code.
                   5309:             It may even abort: perhaps no reg was spilled for this insn
                   5310:             because it was assumed we would find that equivalent.  */
                   5311:              || INSN_UID (p) < reload_first_uid))
                   5312:        {
1.1.1.3   root     5313:          rtx tem;
1.1       root     5314:          pat = single_set (p);
                   5315:          /* First check for something that sets some reg equal to GOAL.  */
                   5316:          if (pat != 0
                   5317:              && ((regno >= 0
                   5318:                   && true_regnum (SET_SRC (pat)) == regno
                   5319:                   && (valueno = true_regnum (valtry = SET_DEST (pat))) >= 0)
                   5320:                  ||
                   5321:                  (regno >= 0
                   5322:                   && true_regnum (SET_DEST (pat)) == regno
                   5323:                   && (valueno = true_regnum (valtry = SET_SRC (pat))) >= 0)
                   5324:                  ||
                   5325:                  (goal_const && rtx_equal_p (SET_SRC (pat), goal)
                   5326:                   && (valueno = true_regnum (valtry = SET_DEST (pat))) >= 0)
                   5327:                  || (goal_mem
                   5328:                      && (valueno = true_regnum (valtry = SET_DEST (pat))) >= 0
                   5329:                      && rtx_renumbered_equal_p (goal, SET_SRC (pat)))
                   5330:                  || (goal_mem
                   5331:                      && (valueno = true_regnum (valtry = SET_SRC (pat))) >= 0
1.1.1.3   root     5332:                      && rtx_renumbered_equal_p (goal, SET_DEST (pat)))
                   5333:                  /* If we are looking for a constant,
                   5334:                     and something equivalent to that constant was copied
                   5335:                     into a reg, we can use that reg.  */
1.1.1.4   root     5336:                  || (goal_const && (tem = find_reg_note (p, REG_EQUIV,
                   5337:                                                          NULL_RTX))
1.1.1.3   root     5338:                      && rtx_equal_p (XEXP (tem, 0), goal)
                   5339:                      && (valueno = true_regnum (valtry = SET_DEST (pat))) >= 0)
1.1.1.4   root     5340:                  || (goal_const && (tem = find_reg_note (p, REG_EQUIV,
                   5341:                                                          NULL_RTX))
1.1.1.3   root     5342:                      && GET_CODE (SET_DEST (pat)) == REG
                   5343:                      && GET_CODE (XEXP (tem, 0)) == CONST_DOUBLE
                   5344:                      && GET_MODE_CLASS (GET_MODE (XEXP (tem, 0))) == MODE_FLOAT
                   5345:                      && GET_CODE (goal) == CONST_INT
1.1.1.5   root     5346:                      && 0 != (goaltry = operand_subword (XEXP (tem, 0), 0, 0,
                   5347:                                                          VOIDmode))
                   5348:                      && rtx_equal_p (goal, goaltry)
1.1.1.3   root     5349:                      && (valtry = operand_subword (SET_DEST (pat), 0, 0,
                   5350:                                                    VOIDmode))
                   5351:                      && (valueno = true_regnum (valtry)) >= 0)
1.1.1.4   root     5352:                  || (goal_const && (tem = find_reg_note (p, REG_EQUIV,
                   5353:                                                          NULL_RTX))
1.1.1.3   root     5354:                      && GET_CODE (SET_DEST (pat)) == REG
                   5355:                      && GET_CODE (XEXP (tem, 0)) == CONST_DOUBLE
                   5356:                      && GET_MODE_CLASS (GET_MODE (XEXP (tem, 0))) == MODE_FLOAT
                   5357:                      && GET_CODE (goal) == CONST_INT
1.1.1.5   root     5358:                      && 0 != (goaltry = operand_subword (XEXP (tem, 0), 1, 0,
                   5359:                                                          VOIDmode))
                   5360:                      && rtx_equal_p (goal, goaltry)
1.1.1.3   root     5361:                      && (valtry
                   5362:                          = operand_subword (SET_DEST (pat), 1, 0, VOIDmode))
                   5363:                      && (valueno = true_regnum (valtry)) >= 0)))
1.1       root     5364:            if (other >= 0
                   5365:                ? valueno == other
                   5366:                : ((unsigned) valueno < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
                   5367:                   && TEST_HARD_REG_BIT (reg_class_contents[(int) class],
                   5368:                                         valueno)))
                   5369:              {
                   5370:                value = valtry;
                   5371:                where = p;
                   5372:                break;
                   5373:              }
                   5374:        }
                   5375:     }
                   5376: 
                   5377:   /* We found a previous insn copying GOAL into a suitable other reg VALUE
                   5378:      (or copying VALUE into GOAL, if GOAL is also a register).
                   5379:      Now verify that VALUE is really valid.  */
                   5380: 
                   5381:   /* VALUENO is the register number of VALUE; a hard register.  */
                   5382: 
                   5383:   /* Don't try to re-use something that is killed in this insn.  We want
                   5384:      to be able to trust REG_UNUSED notes.  */
                   5385:   if (find_reg_note (where, REG_UNUSED, value))
                   5386:     return 0;
                   5387: 
                   5388:   /* If we propose to get the value from the stack pointer or if GOAL is
                   5389:      a MEM based on the stack pointer, we need a stable SP.  */
                   5390:   if (valueno == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
1.1.1.3   root     5391:       || (goal_mem && reg_overlap_mentioned_for_reload_p (stack_pointer_rtx,
                   5392:                                                          goal)))
1.1       root     5393:     need_stable_sp = 1;
                   5394: 
                   5395:   /* Reject VALUE if the copy-insn moved the wrong sort of datum.  */
                   5396:   if (GET_MODE (value) != mode)
                   5397:     return 0;
                   5398: 
                   5399:   /* Reject VALUE if it was loaded from GOAL
                   5400:      and is also a register that appears in the address of GOAL.  */
                   5401: 
                   5402:   if (goal_mem && value == SET_DEST (PATTERN (where))
1.1.1.3   root     5403:       && refers_to_regno_for_reload_p (valueno,
                   5404:                                       (valueno
                   5405:                                        + HARD_REGNO_NREGS (valueno, mode)),
1.1.1.4   root     5406:                                       goal, NULL_PTR))
1.1       root     5407:     return 0;
                   5408: 
                   5409:   /* Reject registers that overlap GOAL.  */
                   5410: 
                   5411:   if (!goal_mem && !goal_const
                   5412:       && regno + HARD_REGNO_NREGS (regno, mode) > valueno
                   5413:       && regno < valueno + HARD_REGNO_NREGS (valueno, mode))
                   5414:     return 0;
                   5415: 
                   5416:   /* Reject VALUE if it is one of the regs reserved for reloads.
                   5417:      Reload1 knows how to reuse them anyway, and it would get
                   5418:      confused if we allocated one without its knowledge.
                   5419:      (Now that insns introduced by reload are ignored above,
                   5420:      this case shouldn't happen, but I'm not positive.)  */
                   5421: 
1.1.1.5   root     5422:   if (reload_reg_p != 0 && reload_reg_p != (short *) (HOST_WIDE_INT) 1
1.1       root     5423:       && reload_reg_p[valueno] >= 0)
                   5424:     return 0;
                   5425: 
                   5426:   /* On some machines, certain regs must always be rejected
                   5427:      because they don't behave the way ordinary registers do.  */
                   5428:   
                   5429: #ifdef OVERLAPPING_REGNO_P
                   5430:   if (OVERLAPPING_REGNO_P (valueno))
                   5431:     return 0;
                   5432: #endif      
                   5433: 
                   5434:   nregs = HARD_REGNO_NREGS (regno, mode);
                   5435:   valuenregs = HARD_REGNO_NREGS (valueno, mode);
                   5436: 
                   5437:   /* Reject VALUE if it is a register being used for an input reload
                   5438:      even if it is not one of those reserved.  */
                   5439: 
                   5440:   if (reload_reg_p != 0)
                   5441:     {
                   5442:       int i;
                   5443:       for (i = 0; i < n_reloads; i++)
                   5444:        if (reload_reg_rtx[i] != 0 && reload_in[i])
                   5445:          {
                   5446:            int regno1 = REGNO (reload_reg_rtx[i]);
                   5447:            int nregs1 = HARD_REGNO_NREGS (regno1,
                   5448:                                           GET_MODE (reload_reg_rtx[i]));
                   5449:            if (regno1 < valueno + valuenregs
                   5450:                && regno1 + nregs1 > valueno)
                   5451:              return 0;
                   5452:          }
                   5453:     }
                   5454: 
                   5455:   if (goal_mem)
1.1.1.5   root     5456:     /* We must treat frame pointer as varying here,
                   5457:        since it can vary--in a nonlocal goto as generated by expand_goto.  */
                   5458:     goal_mem_addr_varies = !CONSTANT_ADDRESS_P (XEXP (goal, 0));
1.1       root     5459: 
                   5460:   /* Now verify that the values of GOAL and VALUE remain unaltered
                   5461:      until INSN is reached.  */
                   5462: 
                   5463:   p = insn;
                   5464:   while (1)
                   5465:     {
                   5466:       p = PREV_INSN (p);
                   5467:       if (p == where)
                   5468:        return value;
                   5469: 
                   5470:       /* Don't trust the conversion past a function call
                   5471:         if either of the two is in a call-clobbered register, or memory.  */
                   5472:       if (GET_CODE (p) == CALL_INSN
                   5473:          && ((regno >= 0 && regno < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
                   5474:               && call_used_regs[regno])
                   5475:              ||
                   5476:              (valueno >= 0 && valueno < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
                   5477:               && call_used_regs[valueno])
                   5478:              ||
                   5479:              goal_mem
                   5480:              || need_stable_sp))
                   5481:        return 0;
                   5482: 
                   5483: #ifdef INSN_CLOBBERS_REGNO_P
                   5484:       if ((valueno >= 0 && valueno < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
                   5485:          && INSN_CLOBBERS_REGNO_P (p, valueno))
                   5486:          || (regno >= 0 && regno < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
                   5487:          && INSN_CLOBBERS_REGNO_P (p, regno)))
                   5488:        return 0;
                   5489: #endif
                   5490: 
                   5491:       if (GET_RTX_CLASS (GET_CODE (p)) == 'i')
                   5492:        {
                   5493:          /* If this insn P stores in either GOAL or VALUE, return 0.
                   5494:             If GOAL is a memory ref and this insn writes memory, return 0.
                   5495:             If GOAL is a memory ref and its address is not constant,
                   5496:             and this insn P changes a register used in GOAL, return 0.  */
                   5497: 
                   5498:          pat = PATTERN (p);
                   5499:          if (GET_CODE (pat) == SET || GET_CODE (pat) == CLOBBER)
                   5500:            {
                   5501:              register rtx dest = SET_DEST (pat);
                   5502:              while (GET_CODE (dest) == SUBREG
                   5503:                     || GET_CODE (dest) == ZERO_EXTRACT
                   5504:                     || GET_CODE (dest) == SIGN_EXTRACT
                   5505:                     || GET_CODE (dest) == STRICT_LOW_PART)
                   5506:                dest = XEXP (dest, 0);
                   5507:              if (GET_CODE (dest) == REG)
                   5508:                {
                   5509:                  register int xregno = REGNO (dest);
                   5510:                  int xnregs;
                   5511:                  if (REGNO (dest) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
                   5512:                    xnregs = HARD_REGNO_NREGS (xregno, GET_MODE (dest));
                   5513:                  else
                   5514:                    xnregs = 1;
                   5515:                  if (xregno < regno + nregs && xregno + xnregs > regno)
                   5516:                    return 0;
                   5517:                  if (xregno < valueno + valuenregs
                   5518:                      && xregno + xnregs > valueno)
                   5519:                    return 0;
                   5520:                  if (goal_mem_addr_varies
1.1.1.3   root     5521:                      && reg_overlap_mentioned_for_reload_p (dest, goal))
1.1       root     5522:                    return 0;
                   5523:                }
                   5524:              else if (goal_mem && GET_CODE (dest) == MEM
                   5525:                       && ! push_operand (dest, GET_MODE (dest)))
                   5526:                return 0;
                   5527:              else if (need_stable_sp && push_operand (dest, GET_MODE (dest)))
                   5528:                return 0;
                   5529:            }
                   5530:          else if (GET_CODE (pat) == PARALLEL)
                   5531:            {
                   5532:              register int i;
                   5533:              for (i = XVECLEN (pat, 0) - 1; i >= 0; i--)
                   5534:                {
                   5535:                  register rtx v1 = XVECEXP (pat, 0, i);
                   5536:                  if (GET_CODE (v1) == SET || GET_CODE (v1) == CLOBBER)
                   5537:                    {
                   5538:                      register rtx dest = SET_DEST (v1);
                   5539:                      while (GET_CODE (dest) == SUBREG
                   5540:                             || GET_CODE (dest) == ZERO_EXTRACT
                   5541:                             || GET_CODE (dest) == SIGN_EXTRACT
                   5542:                             || GET_CODE (dest) == STRICT_LOW_PART)
                   5543:                        dest = XEXP (dest, 0);
                   5544:                      if (GET_CODE (dest) == REG)
                   5545:                        {
                   5546:                          register int xregno = REGNO (dest);
                   5547:                          int xnregs;
                   5548:                          if (REGNO (dest) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
                   5549:                            xnregs = HARD_REGNO_NREGS (xregno, GET_MODE (dest));
                   5550:                          else
                   5551:                            xnregs = 1;
                   5552:                          if (xregno < regno + nregs
                   5553:                              && xregno + xnregs > regno)
                   5554:                            return 0;
                   5555:                          if (xregno < valueno + valuenregs
                   5556:                              && xregno + xnregs > valueno)
                   5557:                            return 0;
                   5558:                          if (goal_mem_addr_varies
1.1.1.3   root     5559:                              && reg_overlap_mentioned_for_reload_p (dest,
                   5560:                                                                     goal))
1.1       root     5561:                            return 0;
                   5562:                        }
                   5563:                      else if (goal_mem && GET_CODE (dest) == MEM
                   5564:                               && ! push_operand (dest, GET_MODE (dest)))
                   5565:                        return 0;
                   5566:                      else if (need_stable_sp
                   5567:                               && push_operand (dest, GET_MODE (dest)))
                   5568:                        return 0;
                   5569:                    }
                   5570:                }
                   5571:            }
                   5572: 
                   5573: #ifdef AUTO_INC_DEC
                   5574:          /* If this insn auto-increments or auto-decrements
                   5575:             either regno or valueno, return 0 now.
                   5576:             If GOAL is a memory ref and its address is not constant,
                   5577:             and this insn P increments a register used in GOAL, return 0.  */
                   5578:          {
                   5579:            register rtx link;
                   5580: 
                   5581:            for (link = REG_NOTES (p); link; link = XEXP (link, 1))
                   5582:              if (REG_NOTE_KIND (link) == REG_INC
                   5583:                  && GET_CODE (XEXP (link, 0)) == REG)
                   5584:                {
                   5585:                  register int incno = REGNO (XEXP (link, 0));
                   5586:                  if (incno < regno + nregs && incno >= regno)
                   5587:                    return 0;
                   5588:                  if (incno < valueno + valuenregs && incno >= valueno)
                   5589:                    return 0;
                   5590:                  if (goal_mem_addr_varies
1.1.1.3   root     5591:                      && reg_overlap_mentioned_for_reload_p (XEXP (link, 0),
                   5592:                                                             goal))
1.1       root     5593:                    return 0;
                   5594:                }
                   5595:          }
                   5596: #endif
                   5597:        }
                   5598:     }
                   5599: }
                   5600: 
                   5601: /* Find a place where INCED appears in an increment or decrement operator
                   5602:    within X, and return the amount INCED is incremented or decremented by.
                   5603:    The value is always positive.  */
                   5604: 
                   5605: static int
                   5606: find_inc_amount (x, inced)
                   5607:      rtx x, inced;
                   5608: {
                   5609:   register enum rtx_code code = GET_CODE (x);
                   5610:   register char *fmt;
                   5611:   register int i;
                   5612: 
                   5613:   if (code == MEM)
                   5614:     {
                   5615:       register rtx addr = XEXP (x, 0);
                   5616:       if ((GET_CODE (addr) == PRE_DEC
                   5617:           || GET_CODE (addr) == POST_DEC
                   5618:           || GET_CODE (addr) == PRE_INC
                   5619:           || GET_CODE (addr) == POST_INC)
                   5620:          && XEXP (addr, 0) == inced)
                   5621:        return GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x));
                   5622:     }
                   5623: 
                   5624:   fmt = GET_RTX_FORMAT (code);
                   5625:   for (i = GET_RTX_LENGTH (code) - 1; i >= 0; i--)
                   5626:     {
                   5627:       if (fmt[i] == 'e')
                   5628:        {
                   5629:          register int tem = find_inc_amount (XEXP (x, i), inced);
                   5630:          if (tem != 0)
                   5631:            return tem;
                   5632:        }
                   5633:       if (fmt[i] == 'E')
                   5634:        {
                   5635:          register int j;
                   5636:          for (j = XVECLEN (x, i) - 1; j >= 0; j--)
                   5637:            {
                   5638:              register int tem = find_inc_amount (XVECEXP (x, i, j), inced);
                   5639:              if (tem != 0)
                   5640:                return tem;
                   5641:            }
                   5642:        }
                   5643:     }
                   5644: 
                   5645:   return 0;
                   5646: }
                   5647: 
                   5648: /* Return 1 if register REGNO is the subject of a clobber in insn INSN.  */
                   5649: 
                   5650: int
                   5651: regno_clobbered_p (regno, insn)
                   5652:      int regno;
                   5653:      rtx insn;
                   5654: {
                   5655:   if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) == CLOBBER
                   5656:       && GET_CODE (XEXP (PATTERN (insn), 0)) == REG)
                   5657:     return REGNO (XEXP (PATTERN (insn), 0)) == regno;
                   5658: 
                   5659:   if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) == PARALLEL)
                   5660:     {
                   5661:       int i = XVECLEN (PATTERN (insn), 0) - 1;
                   5662: 
                   5663:       for (; i >= 0; i--)
                   5664:        {
                   5665:          rtx elt = XVECEXP (PATTERN (insn), 0, i);
                   5666:          if (GET_CODE (elt) == CLOBBER && GET_CODE (XEXP (elt, 0)) == REG
                   5667:              && REGNO (XEXP (elt, 0)) == regno)
                   5668:            return 1;
                   5669:        }
                   5670:     }
                   5671: 
                   5672:   return 0;
                   5673: }
1.1.1.7 ! root     5674: 
        !          5675: static char *reload_when_needed_name[] =
        !          5676: {
        !          5677:   "RELOAD_FOR_INPUT", 
        !          5678:   "RELOAD_FOR_OUTPUT", 
        !          5679:   "RELOAD_FOR_INSN",
        !          5680:   "RELOAD_FOR_INPUT_ADDRESS", 
        !          5681:   "RELOAD_FOR_OUTPUT_ADDRESS",
        !          5682:   "RELOAD_FOR_OPERAND_ADDRESS", 
        !          5683:   "RELOAD_FOR_OPADDR_ADDR",
        !          5684:   "RELOAD_OTHER", 
        !          5685:   "RELOAD_FOR_OTHER_ADDRESS"
        !          5686: };
        !          5687: 
        !          5688: static char *reg_class_names[] = REG_CLASS_NAMES;
        !          5689: 
        !          5690: /* This function is used to print the variables set by 'find_reloads' */
        !          5691: 
        !          5692: void
        !          5693: debug_reload()
        !          5694: {
        !          5695:   int r;
        !          5696: 
        !          5697:   fprintf (stderr, "\nn_reloads = %d\n", n_reloads);
        !          5698: 
        !          5699:   for (r = 0; r < n_reloads; r++)
        !          5700:     {
        !          5701:       fprintf (stderr, "\nRELOAD %d\n", r);
        !          5702: 
        !          5703:       if (reload_in[r])
        !          5704:        {
        !          5705:          fprintf (stderr, "\nreload_in (%s) = ", mode_name[reload_inmode[r]]);
        !          5706:          debug_rtx (reload_in[r]);
        !          5707:        }
        !          5708: 
        !          5709:       if (reload_out[r])
        !          5710:        {
        !          5711:          fprintf (stderr, "\nreload_out (%s) = ", mode_name[reload_outmode[r]]);
        !          5712:          debug_rtx (reload_out[r]);
        !          5713:        }
        !          5714: 
        !          5715:       fprintf (stderr, "%s, ", reg_class_names[(int) reload_reg_class[r]]);
        !          5716: 
        !          5717:       fprintf (stderr, "%s (opnum = %d)", reload_when_needed_name[(int)reload_when_needed[r]],
        !          5718:               reload_opnum[r]);
        !          5719: 
        !          5720:       if (reload_optional[r])
        !          5721:        fprintf (stderr, ", optional");
        !          5722: 
        !          5723:       if (reload_in[r])
        !          5724:        fprintf (stderr, ", inc by %d\n", reload_inc[r]);
        !          5725: 
        !          5726:       if (reload_nocombine[r])
        !          5727:        fprintf (stderr, ", can combine", reload_nocombine[r]);
        !          5728: 
        !          5729:       if (reload_secondary_p[r])
        !          5730:        fprintf (stderr, ", secondary_reload_p");
        !          5731: 
        !          5732:       if (reload_in_reg[r])
        !          5733:        {
        !          5734:          fprintf (stderr, "\nreload_in_reg:\t\t\t");
        !          5735:          debug_rtx (reload_in_reg[r]);
        !          5736:        }
        !          5737: 
        !          5738:       if (reload_reg_rtx[r])
        !          5739:        {
        !          5740:          fprintf (stderr, "\nreload_reg_rtx:\t\t\t");
        !          5741:          debug_rtx (reload_reg_rtx[r]);
        !          5742:        }
        !          5743: 
        !          5744:       if (reload_secondary_in_reload[r] != -1)
        !          5745:        {
        !          5746:          fprintf (stderr, "\nsecondary_in_reload = ");
        !          5747:          fprintf (stderr, "%d ", reload_secondary_in_reload[r]);
        !          5748:        }
        !          5749: 
        !          5750:       if (reload_secondary_out_reload[r] != -1)
        !          5751:        {
        !          5752:          if (reload_secondary_in_reload[r] != -1)
        !          5753:            fprintf (stderr, ", secondary_out_reload = ");
        !          5754:          else
        !          5755:            fprintf (stderr, "\nsecondary_out_reload = ");
        !          5756: 
        !          5757:          fprintf (stderr, "%d", reload_secondary_out_reload[r]);
        !          5758:        }
        !          5759: 
        !          5760: 
        !          5761:       if (reload_secondary_in_icode[r] != CODE_FOR_nothing)
        !          5762:        {
        !          5763:          fprintf (stderr, "\nsecondary_in_icode = ");
        !          5764:          fprintf (stderr, "%s", insn_name[r]);
        !          5765:        }
        !          5766: 
        !          5767:       if (reload_secondary_out_icode[r] != CODE_FOR_nothing)
        !          5768:        {
        !          5769:          if (reload_secondary_in_icode[r] != CODE_FOR_nothing)
        !          5770:            fprintf (stderr, ", secondary_out_icode = ");
        !          5771:          else
        !          5772:            fprintf (stderr, "\nsecondary_out_icode = ");
        !          5773: 
        !          5774:          fprintf (stderr, "%s ", insn_name[r]);
        !          5775:        }
        !          5776:       fprintf (stderr, "\n");
        !          5777:     }
        !          5778: 
        !          5779:   fprintf (stderr, "\n");
        !          5780: }

unix.superglobalmegacorp.com

This archive runs on limited infrastructure. Preserving old code on modern bandwidth. Automated agents are requested to crawl responsibly.